2020 Cadillac CT5 Owners Manual...USA Using this Manual To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what

84863110 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CAD_CT5_COV_en_US_84863110A_2019SEP27.ai 1 9/27/2019 11:18:21 AM20_CAD_CT5_COV_en_US_84863110A_2019SEP27.ai 1 9/27/2019 11:18:21 AM

Cadillac CT5 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-13060105) -2020 - CRC - 9/27/19

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . 7

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . 92

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 307

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . 335

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349


2 INTRODUCTION

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems, slogans,vehicle model names, and vehiclebody designs appearing in this manualincluding, but not limited to, GM, theGM logo, CADILLAC, the CADILLACEmblem, and CT5, are trademarksand/or service marks of GeneralMotors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “General Motorsof Canada Company” for CadillacMotor Car Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, country specifications,features/applications that may not beavailable in your region, or changessubsequent to the printing of thisowner’s manual.

Refer to the purchase documentationrelating to your specific vehicle toconfirm the features.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ceguide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in the backof the manual. It is an alphabeticallist of what is in the manual and thepage number where it can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84863110 A First Printing ©2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


INTRODUCTION 3

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let thishappen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message, gauge,or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’s manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

* : Shown when the service manualhas additional instructions orinformation.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbols thatmay be found on the vehicle and whatthey mean. See the features in thismanual for information.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable


4 INTRODUCTION

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location

+ : Fuses

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers ProperlyInstalled

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

h : Stop/Start

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


INTRODUCTION 5

Instrument Panel Overview


6 INTRODUCTION

1. Air Vents 0 146.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn andLane-Change Signals 0 136.

Exterior Lamp Controls 0 132.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 132.

3. Tap Shift Controls (If Equipped).See Manual Mode 0 178.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 100.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94.

6. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 135.

7. Home Button and InfotainmentControls. See Infotainment 0 140.

8. Infotainment 0 140.

9. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 141.

10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 46 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 222 (IfEquipped).

Automatic Park Assist Button (IfEquipped). See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 205.

Park Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 205.

Surround Vision Recorder 0 224 (IfEquipped).

11. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 135.

12. Infotainment Controls. SeeInfotainment 0 140.

13. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 174.

14. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 184.

Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)0 183.

Stop/Start Disable Switch. SeeStarting the Engine 0 165.

MODE Switch. See Driver ModeControl 0 185.

15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 93.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 116.

16. Horn 0 94.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 93.

18. Cruise Control 0 193 (IfEquipped).

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 195 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 214 (If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 93 (IfEquipped).

19. Hood Release. See Hood 0 241.

20. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Outof View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 107.

21. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 136.

22. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 118 (IfEquipped).

23. Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Switch. See Electric Parking Brake0 181.


KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS 7

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . . . 31Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 32Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . 32Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle with aremote key is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the remote key in thevehicle, and children or otherscould be caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with aremote key.


8 KEYS, DOORS, AND WINDOWS

The key inside the remote key is usedfor the driver door and glove box.

To remove the mechanical key, pressthe button on the side of the remotekey near the bottom, and pull themechanical key out. Never pull themechanical key out without pressingthe button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.Periodically clean with a brushor pick.

See your dealer if a new mechanicalkey is needed.

Contact Roadside Service if locked outof the vehicle. See Roadside Service0 329.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisor mayremotely unlock the vehicle. SeeOnStar Overview 0 339.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 335.

If there is a decrease in the remotekey operating range:

. Check the distance. The remotekey may be too far from thevehicle.

. Check the location. Other vehiclesor objects may be blocking thesignal.

. Check the remote key battery. See“Battery Replacement” later in thissection.

. If the remote key is still notworking correctly, see your dealeror a qualified technician forservice.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allows forvehicle entry when the remote key iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless AccessOperation” later in this section.

The remote key functions for Lock,Unlock, Remote Start and Panic maywork up to 60 m (197 ft). The remotekey functions for trunk may work upto 30 m (98 ft).



Other conditions can impact theperformance of the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) System0 8.

Q : Press to lock all doors and the fueldoor, if equipped. The turn signalindicators may flash and/or the hornmay sound on the second press toindicate locking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 25.

If equipped with remote foldingmirror, pressing Q on the remote keymay fold the mirrors. See FoldingMirrors 0 30.

K : Press to unlock the driver doorand the fuel door, if equipped. Pressagain within five seconds to unlock alldoors. The remote key can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123. When remotelyunlocking the vehicle at night, theheadlamps and back-up lamps maycome on for about 30 seconds to lightyour approach to the vehicle. The turnsignal indicators may flash to indicateunlocking.

If equipped with remote windowoperation, press and hold K on theremote key for about three seconds toopen all windows or Q to close allwindows. The vehicle must be off andthe remote window operation must beenabled. See Vehicle Personalization0 123.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 25.

If equipped with remote foldingmirror, pressing K on the remote keymay unfold the mirrors. See FoldingMirrors 0 30.

S : PressS twice to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theremote key. See Remote Vehicle Start0 15.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirps threetimes. Press and hold 7 for more thanthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and the turnsignal lamps flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

X : Press twice to release the trunk.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system lets youlock and unlock the doors and accessthe trunk without removing theremote key from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The remote key must bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the trunk or door



being opened. If equipped, there willbe a sensor on the outside doorhandles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first door handle press from thedriver door button. Keyless unlockingcan be turned off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

If equipped with memory seats,remote keys 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 44.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from theDriver Door

Driver Door Lock Button Shown,Passenger Similar

When the doors are locked and theremote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle, touching the driver doorhandle inside sensor will unlock thedriver door. Touching the driver dooroutside handle sensor will lock thedoors.

Driver Door Lock Sensor Shown,Passenger Similar

If equipped with remote foldingmirror, touching the driver doorhandle sensor may fold and unfold themirrors. See Folding Mirrors 0 30.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from thePassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theremote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor handle, touching the inside doorhandle sensor of the passenger doorwill unlock all doors. Touching thesensor on the outside of the doorhandle will lock the doors.



Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking ofExterior Door Handles and Trunk

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and trunk canbe disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and hold Qand K on the remote key at the sametime for approximately four seconds.The turn signal lamps will flash fourtimes quickly to indicate access isdisabled. Using any exterior handle tounlock the doors or open the trunkwill cause the turn signal lamps toflash four times quickly, indicatingaccess is disabled. If disabled, disarmthe alarm system before starting thevehicle.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking may alsobe configured under VehiclePersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and hold Qand K on the remote key at the sametime for approximately four seconds.The turn signal lamps will flash twicequickly to indicate access is enabled.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking may alsobe configured under VehiclePersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Passive (Walkaway) Locking

The Keyless Access system will lockthe vehicle several seconds after alldoors are closed if the vehicle is offand at least one remote key has beenremoved or none remain in thevehicle.

If equipped, the fuel door willalso lock.

If other electronic devices interferewith the remote key signal, the vehiclemay not detect the remote key insidethe vehicle. If passive (walkaway)locking is enabled, the doors may lockwith the remote key inside the vehicle.Do not leave the remote key in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 123.

If equipped with remote foldingmirror, passive (walkaway) lockingmay fold and unfold the mirrors. SeeFolding Mirrors 0 30.

Temporary Disable of Passive(Walkaway) Locking

Temporarily disable passive locking bypressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or until threechimes are heard. Passive (walkaway)locking will then remain disabled untilQ on the interior door is pressed,or until the vehicle is turned on.

Remote Key Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote key is left in the vehicle, thehorn will chirp three times after alldoors are closed. To turn on or off seeVehicle Personalization 0 123.



Remote Key No Longer In VehicleAlert

If the vehicle is on, with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for a remote keyinside. If a remote key is not detected,the Driver Information Center (DIC)will display NO KEY FOUND and thehorn will chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad on the rear of thetrunk above the license plate if theremote key is within 1 m (3 ft).

Mechanical Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weakremote key battery, see Door Locks0 16.

Programming Remote Keys tothe Vehicle

Only remote keys programmed to thevehicle will work. If a remote key islost or stolen, a replacement can bepurchased and programmed through

your dealer. The vehicle can bereprogrammed so that lost or stolenremote keys no longer work. Eachvehicle can have up to eight remotekeys matched to it.

Programming with RecognizedRemote Keys

A new key can be programmed to thevehicle when there are tworecognized keys.

To program, the vehicle must be inRUN and all remote keys, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the two recognized remotekeys on the passenger seat.

2. Scroll to the DIC menu to"Remote Key Learn" menu andselect.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #3, 4, 5, ETC.

3. Place the new remote key intothe rear cupholder.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the remote key is learned,the DIC display will show that itis ready to program the nextremote key.

5. Remove the remote key from therear cupholder and press K or Qon the remote key.

To program additional remotekeys, repeat Steps 3–5.



When all additional remote keysare programmed, press and holdENGINE START/STOP forapproximately 12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Programming without RecognizedRemote Keys

If two currently recognized remotekeys are not available, see your dealerto program new remote keys.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowRemote Key Battery

For improved vehicle security, theremote key is equipped with a motionsensor. When starting the vehicle,if the remote key has been idle for awhile, the DIC may display KEY INSLEEP MODE, MOVE KEY, THENSTART. Move the remote key slightlyand try starting the vehicle. Whenstarting the vehicle, if the remote keybattery is depleted or there is signalinterference, the DIC may display NOKEY FOUND, REPLACE BATTERY INKEY or NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY IN KEY

POCKET THEN START YOURVEHICLE, follow the steps shownbelow:

1. Place the remote key into therear cupholder.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral) press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP.

Replace the remote key batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Never allow children to play withthe remote key. The remote keycontains a small battery, which canbe a choking hazard. If swallowed,internal burns can occur, resultingin severe injury or death. Seekmedical attention immediately if abattery is swallowed.

{ Warning

To avoid personal injury, do nottouch metal surfaces on the remotekey when it has been exposed toextreme heat. These surfaces can behot to the touch at temperaturesabove 59 °C (138 °F).



Caution

When replacing the battery, do nottouch any of the circuitry on theremote key. Static from your bodycould damage the remote key.

Caution

Always replace the battery with thecorrect type. Replacing the batterywith an incorrect type couldpotentially create a risk of batteryexplosion. Dispose of used batteriesaccording to instructions and locallaws. Do not attempt to burn,crush, or cut the used battery, andavoid exposing the battery toenvironments with extremely lowair pressures or high temperatures.

Replace the battery if the DIC displaysREPLACE BATTERY IN KEY.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe remote key near the bottomand pull the mechanical key out.Never pull the mechanical keyout without pressing the button.

2. Turn the remote key over.

3. Remove the battery cover.

4. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

5. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive side facingdown. Replace with a CR2450 orequivalent battery.

6. Align the front and back housing,then snap the remote keytogether.

7. Reinsert the key.



Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside the vehicle.

S : This button on the remote key isfor remote start.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during a remotestart. The rear window defogger maycome on during remote start based oncold ambient conditions. The reardefog indicator light does not come onduring remote start.

If equipped, the heated and ventilatedfront seats may also come on whenthe vehicle personalization setting isenabled. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 46.

If equipped with a remote start heatedsteering wheel, it may come on duringa remote start. See Heated SteeringWheel 0 93.

Laws in some local communities mayrestrict the use of remote starters. Forexample, some laws may require aperson using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check localregulations for any requirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The remote key range may be shorterwhile the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) System0 8.

You are allowed multiple startstotaling 30 minutes of engine runtime. The maximum run time of asingle start is 15 minutes, and it willshut off automatically. You could dothree 10 minute starts, if youmanually shut off after 10 minutes.The last 10 minute start would shutoff automatically as your total30 minutes will have been used.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. PressS twice on the remotekey. The turn signal lamps willflash. The lamps flash to confirmthe request to remote start thevehicle has been received. Duringthe remote start, the doors willbe locked and the parking lampswill remain on as long as theengine is running.

2. The engine will shut off after15 minutes or after theremainder of the 30 minute totalrunning time is used, unless youstop the remote start beforeengine running has completed orthe vehicle is turned on.

3. Press the brake pedal and turnthe ignition on to drive thevehicle.



Additional Engine Run Time

Remote start can be used for up to30 minutes of total engine run time.

After two remote starts of 15 minutes,or multiple shorter time startstotaling 30 minutes have been used,the vehicle must be started and thenturned off before the remote start canbe used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. PressS. The parking lamps willturn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan off.

. A remote key is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperature istoo high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. The 30 minutes of engine run timehave been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily open thedoors and fall out of a movingvehicle. The doors can beunlocked and opened whilethe vehicle is moving. Thechance of being thrown out ofthe vehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors are notlocked. So, all passengersshould wear seat beltsproperly and the doors shouldbe locked whenever thevehicle is driven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking the doorscan help prevent this fromhappening.

Always take your remote key with youwhen exiting the vehicle to preventbeing locked out. To lock or unlockthe doors from outside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the remote key.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

. Use the mechanical key in thedriver door. The key lock cylinderis covered with a cap.

See “Driver Door Key LockCylinder Access (In Case of DeadBattery)” later in this section.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Pull the front door handle once toopen the door. Pull the rear doorhandle once to open the door.

Keyless Access

The remote key must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the trunk or door beingopened or locked. To unlock andunlatch any door, press the releasebutton on the inside grip area of theoutside door handle. Touch the sensoron the front outside door handle tolock. See “Keyless Access Operation” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of Dead Battery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder and unlatch the door:

1. Insert the mechanical key intothe slot at the bottom of thehandle and push upward all theway until the cover frees. Do notpry or pull on the key.



2. Remove the cover.

3. Insert the mechanical key in thecylinder.

4. Turn the mechanical keyclockwise until it stops.

5. Slowly turn the mechanical keycounterclockwise while pullingthe handle to unlatch the door.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 if the doordoes not fully open.

To replace the cap:

1. Align the top edge of the coverto the handle.

2. Turn downward to snap coverinto position.

3. Check to ensure cap is fullyseated.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turns freelywhen either the wrong mechanical keyis used, or the correct mechanical keyis not fully inserted. The free-turningdoor lock feature prevents the lockfrom being forced open. To reset thelock, turn it to the vertical positionwith the correct mechanical key fullyinserted. Remove the mechanical keyand insert it again. If this does notreset the lock, turn the mechanicalkey halfway around in the cylinderand repeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks



Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when locked.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

The fuel door is also locked orunlocked using these features.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actual lockingof the doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the power doorlock switch with the door open, achime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors are closed.If a door is reopened beforefive seconds have elapsed, thefive-second timer will reset once allthe doors are closed again.

Press Q on the door lock switch again,or press Q on the key, to override thisfeature and lock the doorsimmediately.

Delayed locking can be programmedthrough the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Vehicle Personalization0 123.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, the ignitionis on, and the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked, and thenopened and closed, the doors will lockeither when your foot is removed fromthe brake or the vehicle speedbecomes faster than 13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power door lockswitch is pressed with the driver dooropen, all the doors will lock and onlythe driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open, whenall doors are closed the vehicle willcheck for keys inside. If any remotekey programmed to the vehicle isdetected and the number of keysinside has not reduced, the driver doorwill unlock and the horn will chirpthree times.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.



Safety Locks

Manual Safety Locks

The safety lock is on the inside edgeof the rear doors. To use thesafety lock:

1. Move the lever forward to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Repeat for the other rear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activating theinside handle, by pressing thepower door lock switch, or byusing the remote key.

2. Open the door from the outside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever rearward tounlock. Repeat for theother door.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter the vehicleif it is driven with the liftgate ortrunk/hatch open, or with anyobjects that pass through the sealbetween the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousness andeven death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See “ClimateControl Systems” in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 173.

Manual Trunk

To release the trunk, the vehicle mustbe off or in P (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. PressX twice quickly on theremote key.

. Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk above the license platewhen all doors are unlocked.

The trunk can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing the touchpad above the license plate while theremote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of therear of the vehicle. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

Close the trunk by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down. Do not press the touch padwhile closing the trunk; this will causethe trunk lid to be unlatched.

The trunk has an electric latch. If thevehicle has lost power or the batteryis disconnected, the trunk will notopen. If this happens, use theemergency trunk release handle.



Hands-Free Trunk

If equipped, the trunk may be openedwith a kicking motion under the rearbumper at the location of theprojected logo. The remote key mustbe within 1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature can becustomized. See Vehicle Personalization0 123. Choose from the following:

On-Open Only : The kicking motion isactivated to open the trunk.

Off : The feature is disabled.

To operate, kick your foot straight upin one swift motion under the centerof the rear bumper at the location ofthe projected logo, then pull it back.

. Do not sweep your foot sideto side.

. Do not keep your foot under thebumper; it will not activate.

. This feature may be temporarilydisabled under some conditions.If it does not respond to the kick,open the trunk by another methodor start the vehicle and the featurewill be re-enabled.

Projected Logo

If equipped with this feature, a vehiclelogo will be projected for one minuteonto the ground near the rear bumperwhen a remote key is detected withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft). Theprojected logo may not be visibleunder brighter daytime conditions.

1. 1 m (3 ft) Hands-FreeOperation Detection Zone

2. 2 m (6 ft) Projected LogoDetection Zone

The projected logo shows where thekicking motion is to take place.

The projected logo will only beavailable for this remote key after ithas been out of range for at least20 seconds.



If a remote key is again detectedwithin approximately 2 m (6 ft) of thetrunk, or another hands-free operationhas been detected, the one-minutetimer will be reset.

The projected logo will not workunder these conditions:

. The vehicle battery is low.

. The transmission is not inP (Park).

. Hands Free Trunk Control is set toOff in vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 123.

. The vehicle remains parked for10 days or more, with no remotekey use or Keyless Accessoperation. To re-enable, press anybutton on the remote key or openand close a vehicle door.

The projected logo will not work for asingle remote key when a remote key:

. Has been left withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft) of thetrunk for several minutes.

. Has been left inside the vehicleand all vehicle doors are closed.

. Has approached the area outsideof the trunk five times within10 minutes.

Lens Cleaning

Clean the recessed lens with acotton swab.



Hands-Free Trunk and Projected Logo Availability

Action Hands-Free Trunk Projected Logo

Remote key entering projected logodetection zone

Operative On for one minute

Remote key left inside projected logodetection zone for minimum of10 minutes

Operative Off until remote key button press or adoor is opened and closed

Remote key brought in and out ofprojected logo detection zone five timesor more within 10 minutes

Operative Off for one hour or until remote keybutton press or a door is opened andclosed

Vehicle remains parked for 10 daysor more

Operative Off until remote key button press or adoor is opened and closed

Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off

Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off

Hands-free trunk is disabled in vehiclepersonalization

Non-operative Off



Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damage thehandle.

There is a glow-in-the-dark emergencytrunk release handle on the trunk lid.This handle will glow following

exposure to light. Pull the releasehandle to open the trunk from theinside.

After pulling the emergency trunkrelease handle, push the handle backinto the bezel.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicatesthe status of the system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured duringthe delay to arm the system.



Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunk is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the remote key.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press Q onthe interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating the alarmsystem is operating. Pressing Qon the remote key a second timewill bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will not armif the doors are locked with themechanical key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the remote key,the horn will chirp and the lights willflash to indicate pre-alarm. If thevehicle is not started, or the door isnot unlocked by pressing K on theremote key during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the trunk, or the hoodis opened without first disarming thesystem. When the alarm is activated,the turn signals flash and the hornsounds for about 30 seconds. Thealarm system will then re-arm tomonitor the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the remote key.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theremote key or use the KeylessAccess system.

Unlatching the driver door with themechanical key will not disarm thesystem or turn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the remote key andthe horn chirps and the lights flashthree times, a previous alarm occurredwhile the system was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.

Power Sounder, InclinationSensor, and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem may also have a powersounder, inclination sensor, andintrusion sensor.



The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is distinct fromthe vehicle’s horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound an alarmif the vehicle’s battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set off thealarm if it senses movement of thevehicle, such as when a tire isremoved. Make sure the vehicle'salarm is not armed prior to anyjacking.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorized entryinto the vehicle's interior. Do not allowpassengers or pets to remain in thevehicle when the intrusion sensor isactivated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure all doors and windowsare completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assun glasses.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking the sensorsin the front overhead console.

. Close DVD screens before leavingthe vehicle.

Inclination and Intrusion SensorDisable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensor be deactivatedif pets are left in the vehicle or thevehicle is being transported. With thevehicle turned off, presso in thefront overhead console. The indicatorlight will come on momentarily,

indicating that these sensors havebeen disabled for the next alarmsystem arming cycle.

Steering Column LockIf equipped, the steering column lockis a theft-deterrent device. Thisfeature locks the steering columnwhen the vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened, or when thedriver door is opened and then thevehicle is turned off. The steeringcolumn unlocks when the vehicle isturned on.

The Driver Information Center (DIC)may display one of these messages:

. A message to service the steeringcolumn lock indicates that anissue has been detected with thecolumn lock feature and thevehicle should be serviced.

. A message that the steeringcolumn is locked indicates thatthe engine is running, but thesteering column is still locked. It isnormal for the column to belocked during a remote start, butthe column should unlock after



the brake pedal is pressed and thevehicle is started. No message willdisplay during a remote start.

. A message that the steering wheelmust be turned and the vehiclemust be started again indicatesthat the column lock mechanismis bound, the column lockingdevice was unable to unlock thesteering column, and the vehicledid not start. If this happens,immediately turn the steeringwheel from side to side to unbindthe column lock. If this does notunlock the steering column, turnthe vehicle off and open the driverdoor to reset the system. Thenturn the vehicle on andimmediately turn the steeringwheel side to side for about15 seconds. In some cases, it maytake significant force to unbindthe column.

To keep the steering column frombinding, straighten the front wheelsbefore turning off the vehicle.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 335.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition is turnedon or to ACC/ACCESSORY and a validremote key is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is a problemwith arming or disarming thetheft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more remotekeys matched to an immobilizercontrol unit in the vehicle. Only acorrectly matched remote key willstart the vehicle. If the remote key isever damaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on briefly.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), andthe remote key appears to beundamaged, try another remote key.Or, you may try placing the remotekey in the backup location. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.

If the ignition modes will not changewith the other remote key or in thebackup location, the vehicle needsservice. If the ignition does changemodes, the first remote key may befaulty. See your dealer.



It is possible for the immobilizersystem to learn new or replacementremote keys. Up to eight remote keyscan be programmed for the vehicle. Toprogram additional remote keys, see“Programming Remote Keys to theVehicle” under Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.

Do not leave the remote key or devicethat disarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If you cuttoo sharply into the right lane, youcould hit a vehicle on the right.Check the inside mirror or glanceover your shoulder before changinglanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen from thedriver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press j or | to select the driveror passenger side mirror. Theindicator light will illuminate.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Adjust each outside mirror sothat a little of the vehicle andthe area behind it can be seen.

4. Press j or | again to deselectthe mirror.



Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 44.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. See SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 220.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 220.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to prevent damagewhen going through an automatic carwash. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Power Folding Mirrors

If equipped, pressg to power fold themirrors. Pressg again to unfold.

Resetting the Power FoldingMirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

. The mirrors are accidentallyobstructed while folding.

. They are accidentally manuallyfolded/unfolded.

. The mirrors do not stay in theunfolded position.

. The mirrors vibrate at normaldriving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position. A noisemay be heard during the resetting ofthe power folding mirrors. This soundis normal after a manual foldingoperation.

The outside mirrors mayautomatically unfold when the vehicleis driven above 20 km/h (12 mph), butmay be folded with the power foldingmirror switch. If the vehicle speed isdriven above 40 km/h (25 mph), theymay automatically unfold and maynot be refolded with the power foldingmirror switch.

Remote Mirror Folding

If power folding mirrors equipped andthe mirrors have been folded with thepower folding mirror switch, they maynot be automatically unfolded.



If power folding mirrors equipped andthe mirrors have not been folded withthe power folding mirror switch andthe vehicle is in P (Park), they may beautomatically folded/unfolded asfollows:

1. If doors are locked by pressing Hon the remote key, the mirrorswill fold. If doors are unlocked bypressing I on the remote key,the mirrors will unfold. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

2. If doors are locked by pressingthe door handle lock/unlockbutton, the mirrors will fold.If doors are unlocked by pressingthe door handle button, themirrors will unfold. See “KeylessUnlocking/Locking from theDriver Door” in Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

3. If passive locking is enabled anddoors are locked by that feature,the mirrors will fold. See “PassiveLocking” in Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.

This feature is turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped with heated mirrors:

K : The rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 141.

Automatic Dimming MirrorIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tilts toa preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). This allowsthe curb to be seen when parallelparking. The mirror(s) return to theoriginal position when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about 30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

Turn this feature on or off throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 123.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. Use a soft towel dampenedwith water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, the rearview mirrorautomatically dims to reduce the glareof the headlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display.Push the tab to turn it off. When offthe mirror is automatic dimming.Adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle while thedisplay is off.

Press V to scroll through theadjustment options.

Press t and u to adjust the settingsusing the indicators on the mirror.The indicators will remain visible forfive seconds after the last buttonactivation, and the settings willremain saved.



The adjustment options are:

. Brightness

. Zoom

. Tilt

{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) hasa limited view. Portions of the road,vehicles, and other objects may notbe seen. Do not drive or park thevehicle using only this camera.Objects may appear closer thanthey are. Check the outside mirrorsor glance over your shoulder whenmaking lane changes or merging.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.



Troubleshooting

See your dealer for service if a bluescreen and3 are displayed in themirror, and the display shuts off. Also,push the tab as indicated to return tothe automatic dimming mode.

The Rear Camera Mirror may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view. If needed, pushthe tab to turn off the display.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The camera’s mounting on thevehicle has been damaged, and/orthe position or the mounting angleof the camera has changed.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helpless adult,or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windows closedin warm or hot weather. They canbe overcome by the extreme heatand suffer permanent injuries oreven death from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in a



pulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce the sound,open either a front window or thesunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriously injuredor killed if caught in the path of aclosing window. Never leave theremote key in a vehicle withchildren. When there are children inthe rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to prevent operationof the windows. See Keys 0 7.

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 169.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Window Lockout

With Folding Mirrors, Without FoldingMirrors Similar

This feature stops the rear passengerwindow switches from working.

. Press2 to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on when engaged.

. Press2 again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Press theswitch down fully and quickly releaseto express open the window.



If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release to expressclose the window. Briefly press or pullthe window switch in the samedirection to stop that window’sexpress movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will operatenormally after the object or conditionis removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged. Beforeusing automatic reversal system

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

override, make sure that all peopleand obstructions are clear of thewindow path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary if thevehicle battery has been disconnectedor discharged. If the window is unableto express-up, program eachexpress-close window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window has fullyclosed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows all thewindows to be opened remotely.If enabled in vehicle personalization,press and hold K on the remote key.See Vehicle Personalization 0 123.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.Detach the sun visor from the centermount to pivot to the side windowand, if equipped, extend along the rod.



Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must be activeto operate the sunroof. See IgnitionPositions 0 164 andRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 169.

While operating in express, movementcan be stopped by pressing the switchagain.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has an electricalfailure.

1. SLIDE Switch2. Power Sunshade Switch3. TILT Switch

Sunroof Operation:

. Press and releaseD (1) toexpress-open to the fully openposition.

. Pull and releaseD (1) toexpress-close.

. Press or pullD (1) again to stopat the desired location.

Sunshade Operation:

. Press and release C (2) toexpress-open.

. Pull and release C (2) toexpress-close.

. Press or pull C (2) again to stopat the desired location.

Sunroof Vent Operation:

. Press and releaseE (3) to ventthe sunroof.

. Pull and releaseE (3) to close thesunroof vent.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof and power sunshade,if equipped, have an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof and power sunshadeare operated in express-close mode.

If an object is in the path whileexpress-closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof or power sunshade again.

If this condition occurs, attempt toremove the object, then pull andrelease the switch to express close.If the reversal occurs multiple times,the DIC message OPEN THEN CLOSESUNROOF will display, and express isdisabled. To operate sunroof whileexpress is disabled, the switch mustbe either pressed or pulled and held.



Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loose debris.Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealingarea using a clean cloth, mild soap,and water. Do not remove grease fromthe sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this is normal.


SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 39

Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 41Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . 43Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Replacing Seat Belt System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . 60When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . 63How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . 63What Will You See after an AirbagInflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . 65Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . 69

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Infants and Young Children . . . . . . 72Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 74Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . 76Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . 78

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


40 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinalinjury in a crash. Do not drive untilthe head restraints for all occupantsare installed and adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the side ofthe head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down and

release the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it is lockedin place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraint upto raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it is lockedin place.



To lower the head restraint, press thebutton, located on the top of theseatback, and push the head restraintdown. Try to move the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The rear seat outboard head restraintsare not intended to be removed.If removal is required see your dealerfor assistance with removal.

Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of the vehicleif you try to adjust a driver seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Adjustthe driver seat only when thevehicle is not moving.

{ Warning

The power seats will work with theignition off. Children could operatethe power seats and be injured.Never leave children alone in thevehicle.

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward or rearwardby sliding the control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the seat by movingthe rear of the control up or down.

. If equipped, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the control upor down.

For vehicles not equipped with frontcushion tilt, the front part of thecontrol will raise and lower the seat.



If the vehicle is not in P (Park), seattravel may be limited. Release andpress the seat switch again tocontinue movement.

To adjust the seatback, see RecliningSeatbacks 0 43.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 42.

Some vehicles are equipped with aSafety Alert Seat. This featureactivates a vibrating pulse alert in thedriver seat to help the driver avoidcrashes.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the seatduring movement, the movement maystop. Remove the obstruction and trythe adjustment again. If movement isstill not available, see your dealer.

Lumbar Adjustment

1. To adjust lumbar support,if equipped:

. Press Up (1) to move lumbarsupport upward.

. Press Rearward (2) to movelumbar support rearward.

. Press Down (3) to movelumbar support down.

. Press Forward (4) to movelumbar support forward.

Bolster Adjustment

To adjust bolster support, if equipped:

1. Press the center control up toincrease bolster support.

2. Press the center control down todecrease bolster support.



Thigh Support Adjustment

If equipped, pull up on the lever. Thenpull or push on the support tolengthen or shorten. Release the leverto lock in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckled up,the seat belts cannot do their job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it will bein front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up over yourabdomen. The belt forces would bethere, not at your pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internalinjuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit well backin the seat and wear the seat beltproperly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if thevehicle is moving.

To adjust the seatback:


44 SEATS AND RESTRAINTS. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall their uniqueseat positions for driving the vehicle,and a shared exit position for gettingout of the vehicle. Other featurepositions may also be saved, such aspower mirrors and power steeringwheel, if equipped. Memory positionsare linked to remote key 1 or 2 forautomatic memory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn thevehicle on and then press and releaseSET; a beep will sound. Thenimmediately press and hold 1, 2,orB (Exit) until two beeps sound. Tomanually recall these positions, pressand hold 1, 2, orB until the savedposition is reached. Follow theinstructions under “Saving MemoryPositions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s remote key number (1–8). SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8. Only remote keys 1 and2 can be used for automatic memoryrecalls. A Driver Information Center(DIC) welcome message indicating theremote key number may display forthe first few ignition cycles following aremote key change. For Seat EntryMemory to work properly, save thepositions to the memory button (1 or2) matching the remote key numberdisplayed in the DIC welcomemessage. Carry the linked remote keywhen entering the vehicle.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when the vehicleis started, select the Settingsmenu, then Vehicle, then SeatingPosition, and then Seat EntryMemory. Select On or Off. See“Seat Entry Memory” later in thissection.

. To begin Seat Exit Memorymovement when the vehicle isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the vehicle isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select the Settingsmenu, then Vehicle, then SeatingPosition, and then Seat ExitMemory. Select On or Off. See“Seat Exit Memory” later in thissection.

. See Vehicle Personalization 0 123for additional setting information.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Move your remote key away fromthe vehicle.



2. Start the vehicle with anotherremote key. The DIC shoulddisplay the driver number for theother remote key. Turn thevehicle off and remove theremote key from the vehicle.

3. Start the vehicle with the initialremote key. The DIC shoulddisplay the driver number ofyour remote key.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:

1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ACCESSORY with remote key 1or 2.

A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.

2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcome messageuntil two beeps sound.

If too much time passes betweenreleasing SET and pressing 1, thememory position will not besaved and two beeps will notsound. Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB and SeatExit Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 usingB. This saves the position forgetting out of the vehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recall thepreviously saved memory positions ifyou are driver 1 or 2 identified in theDIC welcome message.

To stop Manual Memory recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB or pressany of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel, if equipped

Seat Entry Memory

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s remote key (1–8).See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8. If the remote key is 1 or2, and Seat Entry Memory is enabledin vehicle personalization, thepositions saved to the same memorybutton number 1 or 2 areautomatically recalled when thevehicle is turned on, or turned fromoff to ACC/ACCESSORY.



To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see “Vehicle Personalization Settings”previously in this section and VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) tostart Seat Entry Memory. Seat EntryMemory recall will complete if thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park) priorto reaching the saved memoryposition.

To stop Seat Entry Memory recallmovement, turn the vehicle off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall or recallsto the wrong positions, the driver’sremote key number (1 or 2) may notmatch the memory button numberthat positions were saved to. Trystoring the position to the othermemory button or try the otherremote key.

Seat Exit Memory

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to aremote key. The position saved toBis used for all drivers. To turn SeatExit Memory on or off, see "VehiclePersonalization Settings" previously inthis section and Vehicle Personalization0 123.

If turned on, the position saved toBis automatically recalled when one ofthe following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Seat Exit Memory movement,press any of the following memorycontrols:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop. Removethe obstruction and try the recallagain. If the memory position stilldoes not recall, see your dealer.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. To reducethe risk of burns, use care whenusing the seat heater, especially forlong periods of time. Do not placeanything on the seat that insulatesagainst heat, such as a blanket,cushion, cover, or similar item. Thismay cause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seat heatermay cause a burn or may damagethe seat.



If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack.To operate, the engine must berunning.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion and seatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

Press the button once for the highestsetting. With each press of the button,the seat will change to the next lowersetting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights next to thebuttons indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest. If the

front heated seats are on high, thelevel may automatically be loweredafter approximately 30 minutes.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled. When a heated seat is turnedon, the symbol turns red. When aventilated seat is turned on, thesymbol turns blue.

The passenger seat may take longer toheat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

If the vehicle is equipped with autoheated or ventilated seats, and theengine is running, this feature willautomatically activate the heated orventilated seats at the level requiredby the vehicle's interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated or ventilated seat level will beindicated by the manual heated andventilated seat buttons on the centerstack. Use the manual heated andventilated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated or ventilated

seats off. If the passenger seat isunoccupied, the auto heated orventilated seats feature will notactivate that seat. The auto heatedand ventilated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabledwhen the vehicle is on. If equippedwith a heated steering wheel, the autoheated steering wheel activation willfollow the heated seat auto activationand the heated wheel indicator willfollow the state of the steeringwheel heat.

Remote Start Heated and VentilatedSeats

If equipped, the heated seats will turnon automatically during a remotestart if it is cold outside and theventilated seats will turn onautomatically if it is hot outside.If equipped, the heated steering wheelwill turn on automatically during aremote start if it is cold outside. Theheated and ventilated seat indicatorsand heated steering wheel indicatormay not come on during thisoperation.



The heated and ventilated seats andheated steering wheel may cancelwhen the vehicle is started. Thesefeatures can be manually selectedafter the ignition is turned on.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced. Thisis normal.

The heated or ventilated seats will notturn on during a remote start unlessthey are enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 15 andVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Massage

If equipped, the ignition must be onto use the massage feature.

To turn the massage feature on or offpress the massage control button

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REAR SEATREMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEATdisplays under certain conditionsindicating there may be an item orpassenger in the rear seat. Checkbefore exiting the vehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened while thevehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on. Therewill be an alert when the vehicle isturned off. The alert does not directlydetect objects in the rear seat; instead,under certain conditions, it detectswhen a rear door is opened andclosed, indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rear seat;for example, if a child entered the



vehicle through the rear door and leftthe vehicle without the vehicle beingshut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 123.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded for more cargo space. Fold aseatback only when the vehicle is notmoving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback:

1. Disconnect the rear seat beltmini-latch using a key in the sloton the mini-buckle, and let thebelt retract.

2. Pull the lever on top of theseatback toward you to unlockthe seatback.

A red tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

3. Fold the seatback forward.

Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to fold theother seatback, if desired.



Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts are properlyrouted and attached, and are nottwisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up. Make surethe center seat belt and latch donot get trapped behind the seat.Push the seatback rearward tolock it in place.

A red tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Reconnect the center seat beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle. Donot let the belt twist.

4. Pull on the center seat belt tomake sure the mini-latch issecure.

5. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, it shouldbe kept in the upright, locked position.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to use seatbelts properly, and some things notto do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where a seatbelt cannot be worn properly. In acrash, if you or your passenger(s)are not wearing seat belts, injuriescan be much worse than if you arewearing seat belts. You can beseriously injured or killed by hittingthings inside the vehicle harder orby being ejected from the vehicle.In addition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area, inside or outside of avehicle. In a collision, passengersriding in these areas are more likelyto be seriously injured or killed. Do

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

not allow passengers to ride in anyarea of the vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, and checkthat all passenger(s) are restrainedproperly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts. SeeSeat Belt Reminders 0 104.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel asfast as the vehicle does. If the vehiclestops suddenly, you keep going untilsomething stops you. It could be thewindshield, the instrument panel,or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together. Thereis more time to stop because you stopover a longer distance and, when wornproperly, your strongest bones takethe forces from the seat belts. That iswhy wearing seat belts makes suchgood sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being conscious duringand after a crash, so you canunbuckle and get out, is muchgreater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seat belts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systemsonly. They work with seat belts—not instead of them. Whether ornot an airbag is provided, alloccupants still have to buckle upto get the most protection.

Also, in nearly all states and in allCanadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children and infants.If a child will be riding in the vehicle,see Older Children 0 70 orInfants and Young Children 0 72.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who are wearingseat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could cause seriousor even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restraining forces.The shoulder belt locks if there isa sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearing yourseat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt tobecome loose or twisted.



Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle for yourseating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

{ Warning

The seat belt can be pinched if it isrouted under plastic trim on theseat, such as trim around the rearseatback folding handle or sideairbag. In a crash, pinched seatbelts might not be able to provideadequate protection. Never allowseat belts to be routed under plastictrim pieces.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seating positionwith a detachable seat belt and theseat belt is not attached, see RearSeats 0 48 for instructions onreconnecting the seat belt to themini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. If the seat has a seat belt guide,the seat belt must be routedthrough the guide to properly



position the shoulder belt. If theseat belt is not routed throughthe guide, slide the edge of thebelt webbing through theopening on the guide. Be surethe belt is not twisted.

2. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

3. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let the

belt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.See Child Restraint Systems 0 74.If this occurs, let the belt go backall the way and start again. If thelocking feature stays engagedafter letting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward or reclinethe seat until the shoulder beltretractor lock releases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 65.

If the webbing locks in the latchplate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate flat tounlock.



4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see Seat BeltExtender 0 57.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

6. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to slide theadjustable stop along thewebbing toward the outboardfloor anchor to fully tighten thelap belt across the lap.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt should returnto its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly. If theseat belt webbing returns quickly tothe stowed position, the retractor maylock and cannot be pulled out. If thishappens, pull the seat belt straight outfirmly to unlock the webbing, andthen release it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a door isslammed against a seat belt, damagecan occur to both the seat belt andthe vehicle.



Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt heightadjuster for the driver and frontoutboard passenger seating positions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but not contacting,the neck. Improper shoulder beltheight adjustment could reduce theeffectiveness of the seat belt in acrash. See How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly 0 51.

Press the release button and move theheight adjuster to the desired position.The adjuster can be moved up by

pushing the slide/trim up. After theadjuster is set to the desired position,try to move it down without pressingthe release button to make sure it haslocked into position.

Automatic Seat Belt TighteningSystem

The vehicle may have the AutomaticSeat Belt Tightening System.

Each time the vehicle is started withthe front seat belts buckled, thesystem activates once to tighten theseat belts when the forward vehiclespeed exceeds the threshold foractivation.

The system also activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving maneuvers and releases whendriving conditions return to normal.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 184.If there is a problem with theAutomatic Seat Belt TighteningSystem, a message displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC). If a

system unavailable message displaysrepeatedly or if a service messagedisplays, see your dealer. Other seatbelt functions are not affected by theAutomatic Seat Belt TighteningSystem.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, they arepart of the seat belt assembly. Theycan help tighten the seat belts duringthe early stages of a moderate tosevere frontal, near frontal, or rearcrash if the threshold conditions forpretensioner activation are met. Seatbelt pretensioners can also helptighten the seat belts in a side crashor a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash, thepretensioners and probably otherparts of the vehicle's seat belt systemwill need to be replaced. See ReplacingSeat Belt System Parts after a Crash0 58.



Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicle orat any time while sitting in the seat.Sitting on the seat belt can damagethe webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt, thecomfort guide positions the shoulderbelt away from the neck and head.

Comfort guides are available throughyour dealer for the rear outboardseating positions. Instructions areincluded with the guides.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they do not wearseat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lap portionshould be worn as low as possible,below the rounding, throughout thepregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is toprotect the mother. When a seat beltis worn properly, it is more likely thatthe fetus will not be hurt in a crash.For pregnant women, as for anyone,the key to making seat belts effectiveis wearing them properly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you an extender.When you go in to order it, take theheaviest coat you will wear, so theextender will be long enough for you.To help avoid personal injury, do notlet someone else use it, and use itonly for the seat it is made to fit. Theextender has been designed for adults.Never use it for securing childrestraints. For more information onthe proper use and fit of seat beltextenders see the instruction sheetthat comes with the extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder belt heightadjusters (if equipped), and seat beltanchorages to make sure they are allin working order. Look for any otherloose or damaged seat belt systemparts that might keep a seat beltsystem from performing properly. Seeyour dealer to have it repaired. Torn,frayed, or twisted seat belts may notprotect you in a crash. Torn or frayedseat belts can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed, have



it replaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible to untwistby reversing the latch plate on thewebbing. If the twist cannot becorrected, ask your dealer to fix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminder lightis working. See Seat Belt Reminders0 104.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. See SeatBelt Care 0 58.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly cared forand maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be kept dryand free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfaces andseat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dust ordebris in the mechanism. If dust ordebris exists in the system please seethe dealer. Parts may need to bereplaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, they mightnot be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse seat beltwebbing only with mild soap andlukewarm water. Allow the webbingto dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help make surethe seat belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary. Butthe seat belt assemblies that wereused during any crash may have beenstressed or damaged. See your dealerto have the seat belt assembliesinspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat belt systemwas not being used at the time of thecrash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicle orwhile you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 105.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the following airbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the driver

. A seat-mounted side impact airbagfor the front outboard passenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seated directlybehind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directly behindthe front outboard passenger

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a label nearthe deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the center of the steering wheelfor the driver and on the instrumentpanel for the front outboardpassenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG ison the lower part of the instrumentpanel.

For seat-mounted side impact airbags,the word AIRBAG is on the side of theseatback or side of the seat closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seat belts.Even though today's airbags are alsodesigned to help reduce the risk ofinjury from the force of an inflatingbag, all airbags must inflate veryquickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things toknow about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are not designedto inflate in every crash. In somecrashes seat belts are the onlyrestraint. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 62.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to theseat belts. Everyone in the vehicleshould wear a seat belt properly,whether or not there is an airbagfor that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink of aneye, anyone who is up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Do not sit unnecessarilyclose to any airbag, as you would beif sitting on the edge of the seat orleaning forward. Seat belts helpkeep you in position before andduring a crash. Always wear a seatbelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts and thefront outboard passenger airbagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 70 orInfants and Young Children 0 72.

There is an airbag readiness light onthe instrument cluster, which showsthe airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 105.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passenger frontalairbag is in the passenger sideinstrument panel.



The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted side impactairbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, and secondrow outboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, the airbagmight not inflate properly or itmight force the object into thatperson causing severe injury oreven death. The path of an inflating

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

airbag must be kept clear. Do notput anything between an occupantand an airbag, and do not attach orput anything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any other airbagcovering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roof ofa vehicle with roof-rail airbags byrouting a rope or tie‐down throughany door or window opening. If youdo, the path of an inflating roof-railairbag will be blocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped with airbags.See Airbag System 0 59. Airbags aredesigned to inflate if the impactexceeds the specific airbag system'sdeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict how

severe a crash is likely to be in timefor the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants. The vehiclehas electronic sensors that help theairbag system determine the severityof the impact. Deployment thresholdscan vary with specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal crashes to help reduce thepotential for severe injuries, mainly tothe driver's or front outboardpassenger's head and chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed or moving,rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, in rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle has advancedtechnology frontal airbags. Advancedtechnology frontal airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal impacts. Knee airbags are notdesigned to inflate during vehiclerollovers, in rear impacts, or in manyside impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere side crashes depending on thelocation of the impact. Seat-mountedside impact airbags are not designedto inflate in frontal impacts, nearfrontal impacts, rollovers, or rearimpacts. A seat-mounted side impactairbag is designed to inflate on theside of the vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the location ofthe impact. In addition, these roof-railairbags are designed to inflate duringa rollover or in a severe frontalimpact. Roof-rail airbags are notdesigned to inflate in rear impacts.Both roof-rail airbags will inflate when



either side of the vehicle is struck,if the sensing system predicts that thevehicle is about to roll over on itsside, or in a severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of the vehicledamage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break out ofthe cover. The inflator, the airbag, andrelated hardware are all part of theairbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 60.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal or nearfrontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contact theinside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts by distributingthe force of the impact more evenlyover the occupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help contain the head andchest of occupants in the outboardseating positions in the first andsecond rows. The rollover capableroof-rail airbags are designed to helpreduce the risk of full or partialejection in rollover events, althoughno system can prevent all suchejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarily becausethe occupant's motion is not towardthose airbags. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? 0 62.

Airbags should never be regarded asanything more than a supplement toseat belts.

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, theyquickly deflate, so quickly that somepeople may not even realize theairbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags maystill be at least partially inflated forsome time after they inflate. Somecomponents of the airbag module maybe hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 60.

The parts of the airbag that come intocontact with you may be warm, butnot too hot to touch. There may besome smoke and dust coming fromthe vents in the deflated airbags.Airbag inflation does not prevent thedriver from seeing out of thewindshield or being able to steer thevehicle, nor does it prevent peoplefrom leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, there maybe dust in the air. This dust couldcause breathing problems forpeople with a history of asthma orother breathing trouble. To avoidthis, everyone in the vehicle shouldget out as soon as it is safe to doso. If you have breathing problemsbut cannot get out of the vehicleafter an airbag inflates, then getfresh air by opening a window or adoor. If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off the fuelsystem after the airbags inflate. Thefeature may also activate, withoutairbag inflation, after an event thatexceeds a predetermined threshold.After turning the ignition off and thenon again, the fuel system will return

to normal operation; the doors can belocked, the interior lamps can beturned off, and the hazard warningflashers can be turned off using thecontrols for those features. If any ofthese systems are damaged in thecrash they may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflate theairbags may have also damagedimportant functions in the vehicle,such as the fuel system, brake andsteering systems, etc. Even if thevehicle appears to be drivable aftera moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that could makeit difficult to safely operate thevehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.

Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbag inflates,you will need some new parts forthe airbag system. If you do notget them, the airbag system willnot be there to help protect you inanother crash. A new system willinclude airbag modules andpossibly other parts. The servicemanual for the vehicle covers theneed to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after a crash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 336 andEvent Data Recorders 0 337.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag system.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.



Passenger Sensing SystemThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem for the front outboardpassenger position. The passengerairbag status indicator will light onthe overhead console when the vehicleis started.

The words ON and OFF, and thesymbols for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, and the symbol foron or off, will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 106.

The passenger sensing system turnsoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing system workswith sensors that are part of the frontoutboard passenger seat and seat belt.The sensors are designed to detect thepresence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag should be allowed toinflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great, if theairbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbag

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure childrestraints in the rear seat. Consider

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

using another vehicle to transportthe child when a rear seat is notavailable.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag if:

. The front outboard passenger seatis unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passenger takeshis/her weight off of the seat for aperiod of time.

When the passenger sensing systemhas turned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, the OFF indicator will light andstay lit as a reminder that the airbagsare off. See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 106.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag and

knee airbag, anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensing systemhas allowed the airbag to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children, including childrenin child restraints, and for very smalladults, the passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints should weara seat belt properly— whether or notthere is an airbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoid

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

injury to yourself or others, havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag, if the system determinesthat an infant is present in a childrestraint. If a child restraint has beeninstalled and the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directions providedby the child restraint



manufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 84 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 86.

Make sure the seat belt retractoris locked by pulling the shoulderbelt all the way out of theretractor when installing thechild restraint, even if the childrestraint is equipped with a seatbelt lock off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatback isnot pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped under thevehicle head restraint. If this

happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 40.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system may ormay not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat, butthe OFF indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way, thechild restraint locking featurewill be engaged. This mayunintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system to turnthe airbag off for some



adult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way, andthen buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this positionfor two to three minutes after theON indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbag willnot be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboard passengerseat, if the passenger airbag OFFindicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passenger inposition on the seat during vehiclemaneuvers and braking, which helpsthe passenger sensing systemmaintain the passenger airbag status.See “Seat Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such as seatcovers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system operates.We recommend that you not use seatcovers or other aftermarket equipmentexcept when approved by GM for yourspecific vehicle. See Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 formore information about modificationsthat can affect how the systemoperates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic

device, is put on an unoccupied seat.If this is not desired, remove theobject from the seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicle shouldbe serviced. There are parts of theairbag system in several places aroundthe vehicle. Your dealer and theservice manual have informationabout servicing the vehicle and theairbag system. To purchase a servicemanual, see Publication OrderingInformation 0 334.



{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an airbag can stillinflate during improper service. Youcan be injured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbag system.Be sure to follow proper serviceprocedures, and make sure theperson performing work for you isqualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheet metalmay keep the airbag system fromworking properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:

. Airbag system, including airbagmodules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrument panel,overhead console, ceiling trim,or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the location ofthe airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position, whichincludes sensors that are part of thepassenger seat. The passenger sensingsystem may not operate properly ifthe original seat trim is replaced withnon-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; orwith GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Any

object, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pad ordevice, installed under or on top ofthe seat fabric, could also interferewith the operation of the passengersensing system. This could eitherprevent proper deployment of thepassenger airbag(s) or prevent thepassenger sensing system fromproperly turning off the passengerairbag(s). See Passenger SensingSystem 0 65.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tires andWheels 0 288 for additional importantinformation.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability and havequestions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicle ismodified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 327.



Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 105.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbag maynot work properly. Do not open orbreak the airbag coverings. If thereare any opened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbag coveringand/or airbag module replaced. Forthe location of the airbags, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 60. Seeyour dealer for service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle. A damagedairbag system may not properlyprotect you and your passenger(s)in a crash, resulting in seriousinjury or even death. To help makesure the airbag systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. See yourdealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear the vehicle’sseat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:


SEATS AND RESTRAINTS 71. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Doesthe shoulder belt rest on theshoulder? If yes, continue. If no,try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53. If acomfort guide is not available, or ifthe shoulder belt still does not reston the shoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low and snugon the hips, touching the thighs?If yes, continue. If no, return tothe booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no, returnto the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to wearseat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulder belt

can provide. The shoulder beltshould not cross the face or neck.The lap belt should fit snuglybelow the hips, just touching thetop of the thighs. This applies beltforce to the child's pelvic bones ina crash. It should never be wornover the abdomen, which couldcause severe or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can be thrownout of the vehicle. Older children needto use seat belts properly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one child towear the same seat belt. The seatbelt cannot properly spread theimpact forces. In a crash, they can

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be crushed together and seriouslyinjured. A seat belt must be used byonly one person at a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear the seatbelt with the shoulder belt behindtheir back. A child can be seriouslyinjured by not wearing thelap-shoulder belt properly. In a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

crash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt. Thechild could move too far forwardincreasing the chance of head andneck injury. The child might alsoslide under the lap belt. The beltforce would then be applied righton the abdomen. That could causeserious or fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over theshoulder and across the chest.

Infants and Young ChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither the distancetraveled nor the age and size of thetraveler changes the need, foreveryone, to use safety restraints. Infact, the law in every state in theUnited States and in every Canadianprovince says children up to some agemust be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor, butit cannot do this if it is wrappedaround a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Never leave children unattended ina vehicle and never allow childrento play with the seat belts.

Every time infants and young childrenride in vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints. Neither the vehicle'sseat belt system nor its airbag systemis designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate childrestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injured orkilled. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat.Secure a rear-facing child restraintin a rear seat. It is also better tosecure a forward-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. If you mustsecure a forward-facing childrestraint in the front outboard seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimes calledchild seats or car seats.

There are three basic types of childrestraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.



For each type of child restraint, thereare many different models available.When purchasing a child restraint, besure it is designed to be used in amotor vehicle. If it is, the childrestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards.

The instruction manual that isprovided with the child restraintstates the weight and heightlimitations for that particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of child restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck and headinjury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle seat beltmay not remain low on the hipbones, as it should. Instead, it maysettle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the belt wouldapply force on a body area that isunprotected by any bony structure.This alone could cause serious orfatal injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children should alwaysbe secured in an appropriate childrestraint.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts to keepthe infant positioned in the restraint.



Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child's bodywith the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat is usedfor children who have outgrown theirforward-facing child restraint.Boosters are designed to improve thefit of the vehicle's seat belt systemuntil the child is large enough for thevehicle seat belts to fit properlywithout a booster seat. See the seatbelt fit test in Older Children 0 70.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be secured inthe vehicle. Child restraints must besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts orthe lap belt portion of a lap-shoulderbelt, or by the LATCH system. SeeLower Anchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 78 for moreinformation. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured in thevehicle.



When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided onthe child restraint

2. Instruction manual providedwith the child restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are not available,obtain a replacement copy from themanufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs)are available to inspect anddemonstrate how to correctly use andinstall child restraints. In the U.S.,refer to the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA)website to locate the nearest childsafety seat inspection station. ForCPST availability in Canada, checkwith Transport Canada or theProvincial Ministry of Transportationoffice.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the child properlyfollowing the instructions thatcame with that child restraint.

Where to Put the RestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured in arear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child restraintin the front. This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great ifthe airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front passenger airbaginflates. This is because the back ofthe rear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured or

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

killed if the front passenger airbaginflates and the passenger seat is ina forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, no systemis fail-safe. No one can guaranteethat an airbag will not deploy undersome unusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag isoff. If you secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the front seat,always move the front passengerseat as far back as it will go. It isbetter to secure the child restraintin a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 65for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats varyconsiderably in size, and some may fitin certain seating positions betterthan others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be able toaccess adjacent seat belts or LATCHanchors for additional passengers orchild restraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of theseat belt.

Wherever a child restraint is installed,be sure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andsecure the child restraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.



Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the vehicle.The LATCH system is designed tomake installation of a child restrainteasier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installed usingeither the LATCH anchors or thevehicle’s seat belts. Do not use boththe seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seat besecured with the LATCH system, thiscan be done as long as the boosterseat can be positioned properly andthere is no interference with theproper positioning of the lap-shoulderbelt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also use eitherthe lower anchors or the seat belts toproperly secure the child restraint.A child restraint must never beinstalled using only the top tether.

For a forward-facing 5-pt harnesschild restraint where the combinedweight of the child and restraint areup to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either thelower LATCH anchorages with the toptether anchorage, or the seat belt withthe top tether anchorage. Where thecombined weight of the child andrestraint are greater than29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt withthe top tether anchorage only.



Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Restraint Type Combined Weightof the Child +Child Restraint

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X

LATCH – LowerAnchors Only

Seat Belt Only LATCH – LowerAnchors and TopTether Anchor

Seat Belt and TopTether Anchor

Rear-Facing ChildRestraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Rear-Facing ChildRestraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

See Securing Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 84 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Front Seat) 0 86.

Child restraints built after March 2014will be labeled with the specific childweight up to which the LATCH systemcan be used to install the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case, theseat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure thechild restraint. See Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat) 0 84 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Front Seat) 0 86.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars builtinto the vehicle. There are two loweranchors for each LATCH seatingposition that will accommodate achild restraint with lowerattachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to secure thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have a singletether (3) or a dual tether (4). Eitherwill have a single attachment hook (2)to secure the top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with top tethersare designed for use with or withoutthe top tether being attached. Othersrequire the top tether always to beattached. In Canada, the law requiresthat forward-facing child restraintshave a top tether, and that the tetherbe attached. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with top tetheranchors.



H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, near thecrease between the seatback and theseat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchor symbolis on the cover.

The lower anchors are located underthe labeled covers on the seat cushionnear the crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

The top tether anchors are behind therear seat, on the filler panel. Open thecovers to access the anchors. Be sureto use an anchor located directlybehind the seating position where thechild restraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be attached, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child restraintsystem or infant restraint systemsecured in a rear seating position. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76 foradditional information.



Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCH System

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attached tothe vehicle using either the LATCHanchors or the vehicle seat belt.Follow the instructions that camewith the child restraint and theinstructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, do notattach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachment tocome loose or even break during acrash. A child or others could beinjured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor, butit cannot do this if it is wrappedaround a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck, theonly way to loosen the belt is tocut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock, andtighten the belt behind the childrestraint after the child restrainthas been installed.

{ Warning

The power seats will work with theignition off. Children could operatethe power seats and be injured.Never leave children alone in thevehicle.

Caution

Do not let the LATCH attachmentsrub against the vehicle’s seat belts.This may damage these parts.If necessary, move buckled seatbelts to avoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lower attachmentsor the desired seating positiondoes not have lower anchors,secure the child restraint with



the top tether and the seat belt.Refer to the child restraintmanufacturer instructions andthe instructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors forthe desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached, attachand tighten the top tether to thetop tether anchor, if equipped.Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. Open the top tether anchorcover to expose the anchor.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether according toyour child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

. If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or headrestraint and you areusing a single tether,route the tether overthe seatback.

. If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or headrestraint and you areusing a dual tether,route the tether overthe seatback.

. If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a single



tether, raise the headrestraint and route thetether under the headrestraint and inbetween the headrestraint posts.

. If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a dual tether,raise the head restraintand route the tetherunder the headrestraint and inbetween the headrestraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theLATCH path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint, resultingin serious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure theLATCH system is working properlyafter a crash, see your dealer tohave the system inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during a crash,new LATCH system parts may beneeded.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCH systemwas not being used at the time of thecrash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 78 forhow and where to install the childrestraint using LATCH. If a childrestraint is secured in the vehicleusing a seat belt and it uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 78 fortop tether anchor locations.



Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seat beltto secure the child restraint. Be sureto follow the instructions that camewith the child restraint.

If more than one child restraint needsto be installed in the rear seat, be sureto read Where to Put the Restraint 0 76.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, see yourdealer for assistance.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle seat belt through oraround the child restraint. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 78.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theseat belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and letit return to the stowed position. If thetop tether is attached to a top tetheranchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat isa safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag under certain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System 0 65 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 106for more information, includingimportant safety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboard

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint would bevery close to the inflating airbag.A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbag(s)are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in thefront outboard passenger seat,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 65for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 78 for toptether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchor ifa national or local law requires thatthe top tether be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the childrestraint say that the top tether mustbe anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have atop tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the OFFindicator on the passenger airbagstatus indicator should light andstay lit when you start thevehicle. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 106.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle seat belt through oraround the child restraint. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

It may be necessary to slide theadjustable stop along thewebbing toward the outboardanchor to fully tighten the seatbelt around the child restraint.While a child restraint isinstalled, the adjustable stopshould be positioned on theportion of the webbing that doesnot interact with the childrestraint.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful to useyour knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at theseat belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the OFFindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on and stayon when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 65.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and letit return to the stowed position.


90 STORAGE

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Storage Compartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharp objectsin storage compartments. In acrash, these objects may cause thecover to open and could result ininjury.

Glove Box

Pull the handle from the side to openthe glove box. Close until it latches.Use the vehicle key to lock or unlock.

CupholdersCupholders in the center console havea retractable cover. Do not place itemson the cover.

Press the button to open the cover.


STORAGE 91

Rear Seat Cupholders

If equipped, pull down the rear seatarmrest to use the cupholders.

Center Console StorageThe SD card is used for navigation. Donot remove the card from the holder.See the infotainment manual.

Press the button and lift to access thestorage area. There is an accessorypower outlet, two USB ports, andan SD card slot inside. See theinfotainment manual. If equipped,there is a removable phone holder tostore a phone and the cord whilecharging.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

The cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads inside the trunk.


92 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . 93Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . 93Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . 94Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . 105

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Brake System Warning Light . . . . 109Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 109Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . 110Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 111Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 111Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . 113Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . 114Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 114Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . 118

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . 122Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . 122

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . 123

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . . . . . 128Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 93

Controls

Steering Wheel Adjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.

. Push the control up or down to tiltthe steering wheel up or down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 44.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steering wheelcontrols. See "Steering WheelControls" in the infotainment manual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off. Anindicator light next to the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.



If equipped with a remote start heatedsteering wheel, the heated steeringwheel will turn on automatically inremote start along with the heatedseats when it is cold outside. Theheated steering wheel indicator lightmay not come on. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 46.

HornPressa on the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or for Rainsense wipes, whenRainsense is enabled. For intermittentwipes, move the lever up to INT, thenturn thex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes. If Rainsense isenabled, see “Rainsense” later in thissection.

If the windshield wipers are in use fora while when driving, the exteriorlamps come on automatically if theexterior lamp control is in AUTO. See“Wiper-Activated Headlamps” later inthis section.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

nL : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occur dependingon how long the windshield washerhad been activated. See Washer Fluid0 257 for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not use thewasher until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washer fluidcan form ice on the windshield,blocking your vision.

{ Warning

Before driving the vehicle, alwaysclear snow and ice from the hood,windshield, roof, and rear of the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

vehicle, including all lamps andwindows. Reduced visibility fromsnow and ice buildup could lead toa crash.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should be replaced.See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 261.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they willimmediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driver door isopened or within 10 minutes, thewipers will restart and move to thebase of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsense

wipes, the wipers continue to rununtil they reach the base of thewindshield.

Rainsense

There is a sensor near the top centerof the windshield detects the amountof water on the windshield andcontrols the frequency of thewindshield wiper. To turn this featureon or off, see “Rain Sense Wipers”under Vehicle Personalization 0 123.

Keep this area of the windshield clearof debris to allow for best systemperformance.

AUTO : When enabled, move thewindshield wiper lever toAUTO. Turnthex AUTO band on the wiperlever to adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the AUTO position todeactivate Rainsense.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

If equipped with wiper arm assemblyprotection, when using an automaticcar wash, move the windshield wiperlever to OFF. This disables theautomatic Rainsense windshieldwipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmission isin N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return to normalwhen the transmission is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speed hasincreased.

Wiper-Activated Headlamps

This feature activates the headlampsand parking lamps after thewindshield wipers have been in usefor a while. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based on the



wiper speed. For this feature to work,the exterior lamp control must bein AUTO.

The wiper-activated headlampsimmediately turn off when theignition is turned to off, or thewindshield wiper control is turned off.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receives itsheading and other information fromthe Global Positioning System (GPS)antenna, StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC), and vehiclespeed information.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number of milesor degrees of turn before needing asignal from the GPS satellites. Whenthe compass display shows CAL, drivethe vehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive a GPSsignal. The compass system willautomatically determine when a GPSsignal is restored and provide aheading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock can beset using the infotainment system. See“Time/Date” in “System” under“Settings” in the infotainment manual.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has two accessory poweroutlets:

. Inside the center consolestorage area.

. On the rear of the center floorconsole.

Lift the cover to access the accessorypower outlet.

Certain electrical accessories may notbe compatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overload avehicle circuit breaker or adapter fuse.If overloaded, the circuit breaker willreset after all devices are disconnectedor if Retained Accessory Power (RAP)is turned off and then back on. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 169.

Wait one minute to allow the circuitbreaker to reset before reconnectingdevices or turning RAP back on. If theproblem continues, the issue could bewithin your device. Try anotherknown good device to make sure thecircuit breaker is operating properly.If this does not resolve your problem,see your dealer.

It is possible to replace the factorypower outlet with a cigar lighterreceptacle, if desired. This requires thefactory installed circuit breaker to bereplaced with a standard minifuse bythe dealer. A minifuse will not resetand will have to be replace if blown.

Caution

Failure to replace the circuitbreaker with the minifuse couldoverheat the cigar lighter anddamage the vehicle.

When adding electrical equipment, besure to follow the proper installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 237.



Caution

Hanging heavy equipment from thepower outlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.The power outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, such ascell phone charge cords.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds the maximum15 amps rating.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have a wirelesscharging pad below the climatecontrols. The system operates at 145kHz and wirelessly charges one Qicompatible smartphone. The poweroutput of the system is capable ofcharging at a rate up to 3 amp (15W),as requested by the compatiblesmartphone. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 335.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medical devices.If you have one, it is recommendedto consult with your doctor beforeusing the wireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) must be active. Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 169.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before charging yourcompatible smartphone. Objects,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

such as coins, keys, rings, paperclips, or cards, between thesmartphone and charging pad willbecome very hot. On the rareoccasion that the charging systemdoes not detect an object, and theobject gets wedged between thesmartphone and charger, removethe smartphone and allow theobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pad, to preventburns.



To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects between the smartphoneand charging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face up onthe@ symbol on thecharging pad.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in the holderwith nothing under it. A thicksmartphone case may preventthe wireless charger fromworking, or may reduce thecharging performance. See yourdealer for additional information.

3. A green} next to the V willappear on the infotainmentdisplay. This indicates that thesmartphone is properlypositioned and charging.

If the} turns yellow, ensurethat the charging pad is clear ofany objects and that the

smartphone is capable ofwireless charging beforere-positioning it.

If the} does not illuminate, thesmartphone may need to berepositioned. To reposition, turnthe smartphone 180 degrees andwait three seconds beforeplacing/aligning it on the padagain.

The smartphone may become warmduring charging. This is normal. Inwarmer temperatures, the speed ofcharging maybe be reduced.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer to theindicated open source licenses (as areincluded following this notice) for theterms and conditions of their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, please visithttp://opensource.lge.com. In additionto the source code, all referred license

terms, warranty disclaimers andcopyright notices are available fordownload. LG Electronics will alsoprovide open source code to you onCD-ROM for a charge covering thecost of performing such distribution(such as the cost of media, shipping,and handling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from the dateon which you purchased the product.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditions andthe following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in the documentationand/or other materials providedwith the distribution.



3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BYTHE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ANDCONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANYEXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AREDISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALLTHE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ORCONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANYDIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTEGOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSEDAND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICTLIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THEUSE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IFADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OFSUCH DAMAGE.

Warning Lights, Gauges,and IndicatorsWarning lights and gauges can signalthat something is wrong before itbecomes serious enough to cause anexpensive repair or replacement.Paying attention to the warning lightsand gauges could prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started to indicatethey are working. When one of thewarning lights comes on and stays onwhile driving, or when one of thegauges shows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.



Instrument Cluster

English Base Level Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



English Uplevel Cluster Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display area inthe center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control toopen and scroll through the differentitems and displays.

Press S or T to access the clusterapplications. Use the thumbwheel toscroll through the list of availablefeatures within the applications. Notall applications or features will beavailable on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where theselected Driver Information Center(DIC) displays can be viewed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 116.

. Audio

. Navigation

. Phone

. Options

Audio

In the Audio menu browse for music,select from the favorites, or changethe audio source. Use the thumbwheelto change the station or go to the nextor previous track.

Navigation

If there is an active route, press thethumbwheel to cancel or resume routeguidance, or turn the voice promptson or off.

Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is noactive phone call, view recent calls,or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Options

Use the thumbwheel to scroll throughitems in the Options menu.

Head-up Display (HUD) (Uplevel) :If equipped, this feature allows foradjusting the angle of the HUD imageand changing or turning off the SpeedLimit Sign.

HUD Rotation (Uplevel): Press thethumbwheel while Adjust Rotation ishighlighted to enter Adjust Mode.Scroll to adjust the angle of the HUDdisplay. Press the thumbwheel toconfirm and save the setting. Thisfeature may only be available inP (Park).

Speed Sign: If equipped, press thethumbwheel while Speed Sign ishighlighted to turn it on or off.

Units : Choose English or metric unitsby pressing the thumbwheel while thedesired item is highlighted.

Info Page Options : Press thethumbwheel to select the items to bedisplayed in the Info app. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.



Display : Press the thumbwheel toenter the Display menu. Select to turnon or off the speedometer, time, fuelrange, or, if equipped, compass orspeed sign.

Speed Warning : The Speed Warningdisplay allows the driver to set awarning at a speed that they do notwant to exceed. To set the SpeedWarning press the thumbwheel whenSpeed Warning is displayed. Use thethumbwheel to adjust the value andpress to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this feature canbe turned off by pressing thethumbwheel while viewing this page.If the selected speed limit is exceeded,a pop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displays opensource software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehicle'sspeed in either kilometers per hour(km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven since the tripodometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 116.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTO STOP,the engine is off but the vehicle is onand can move. The engine could autostart at any time. When the indicatorpoints to OFF, the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shutting offand restarting.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how much fuelis left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuel gaugepointing to the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.



When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicle shouldbe refueled soon.

Here are four things that some ownersask about. None of these show aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuel tofill up than the gauge indicated.For example, the gauge may haveindicated the tank was half full,but it actually took a little more orless than half the tank's capacityto fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few seconds tostabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

English

Metric

This gauge measures the temperatureof the vehicle's engine.

While driving under normal operatingconditions, if the red LED isilluminated, the engine is too hot. Pulloff the road, stop the vehicle, and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.



When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind the driver to fasten their seatbelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled. This cyclemay continue several times if thedriver remains or becomes unbuckledwhile the vehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 65.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on toremind passengers to fasten their seatbelt. Then the light stays on soliduntil the belt is buckled. This cyclecontinues several times if thepassenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the passenger seat belt is buckled,neither the chime nor the lightcomes on.

The front passenger seat belt reminderlight and chime may turn on if anobject is put on the seat such as abriefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device. Toturn off the reminder light and/orchime, remove the object from theseat or buckle the seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners, theairbag modules, the wiring, and thecrash sensing and diagnostic module.For more information on the airbagsystem, see Airbag System 0 59.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when the vehicle isstarted. If the light does not come onthen, have it fixed immediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it means

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags in thevehicle might not inflate in a crash,or they could even inflate without acrash. To help avoid injury, havethe vehicle serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger Sensing System0 65 for important safety information.The overhead console has a passengerairbag status indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicator willlight ON and OFF, and the symbols foron and off, for several seconds as asystem check. Then, after several moreseconds, the status indicator will lighteither ON or OFF, and either thesymbol for on or off, to let you knowthe status of the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If the word ON, and the on symbol, islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag are allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF, and the off symbol, islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the passengersensing system has turned off thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, all of thesymbols remain lit, or if no symbolsare lit, or if the airbag readiness lightis on, there may be a problem withthe lights or the passenger sensingsystem. See your dealer for serviceright away.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrong withthe airbag system. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 105 formore information, includingimportant safety information.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turned on,but the engine is not running, as acheck to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.



If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be a problemwith the electrical charging system.Have it checked by your dealer.Driving while this light is on coulddrain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) also displays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio andair conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-board diagnosticsystem. If this light is on while theengine is running, a malfunction hasbeen detected and the vehicle mayrequire service. The light should comeon to show that it is working whenthe ignition is in Service Mode. SeeIgnition Positions 0 164.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly when itcomes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may not runsmoothly. This could lead to costlyrepairs that might not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do not meetthe original tire specifications, cancause this light to come on. Thiscould lead to costly repairs notcovered by the vehicle warranty.This could also affect the vehicle’sability to pass an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications 0 240.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and service maybe required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.If towing a trailer, reduce the amountof cargo being hauled as soon aspossible.



If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicle offand wait at least 10 seconds beforerestarting the engine. If the light isstill flashing, follow the previousguidelines and see your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless fuelfunnel adapter, make sure that ithas been removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 228. Thediagnostic system can detect if theadapter has been left installed inthe vehicle, allowing fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with theadapter removed may turn off thelight.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmed

up. If this occurs, change the fuelbrand. It may require at least onefull tank of the proper fuel to turnthe light off. See RecommendedFuel (LSY 2.0L L4 Engine) 0 226 orRecommended Fuel (LGY 3.0LV6 Engine) 0 227.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, the testequipment will likely connect to thevehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steering wheel.Connecting devices that are not usedto perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the

vehicle may affect vehicle operation.See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 237.See your dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engine isrunning.

. The light does not come on whenthe ignition is in Service Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen if the12-volt battery has recently beenreplaced or run down, or if thevehicle has been recently serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will notpass or cannot be made ready forthe test.



Brake System WarningLight

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you if thereis a problem. If the light comes onand stays on at start up, there is abrake problem. Have the brake systeminspected right away.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The brake system has electric brakeboost. Vehicle speed may be limitedwhen the brake system warning lightcomes on. The brake pedal might beharder to push, or the brake pedalmay go closer to the floor. It couldtake longer to stop. If the light is stillon, have the vehicle towed for service.See Towing the Vehicle 0 296.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on. Drivingwith the brake system warning lighton can lead to a crash. If the light isstill on after the vehicle has beenpulled off the road and carefullystopped, have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brake isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the Electric Parking

Brake system. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the service electricparking brake light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is started.If it does not come on, have it fixed soit will be ready to warn if there is aproblem. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when the vehicle isstarted.



If this light stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to a dealer as soon aspossible. See Electric Parking Brake0 181. A message may also display inthe Driver Information Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is turned on.If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,safely stop as soon as it is possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then turn onthe vehicle again to reset the system.

If the ABS warning light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light stays on.

If the ABS warning light is the onlylight on, the vehicle has regularbrakes, but ABS is not functioning.

If both the ABS warning light and thebrake system warning light are on,ABS is not functioning and there is aproblem with the regular brakes. Seeyour dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light 0 109.

Automatic Vehicle Hold(AVH) Light

This light comes on when AVH isactively holding the vehicle. SeeAutomatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) 0 183.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

After the vehicle is started, this lightturns off and stays off if LKA has notbeen turned on or is unavailable.

If available, this light is white if LKAis turned on, but not ready to assist.This light is green if LKA is turned onand is ready to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turning thesteering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane marking.The LKA light is amber whenassisting.

This light flashes amber as a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert, toindicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.



LKA will not assist or alert if the turnsignal is active in the direction of lanedeparture, or if LKA detects that youare accelerating, braking, or activelysteering.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 222.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will displaygreen when a vehicle is detectedahead and amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 214.

Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will displayamber when a nearby pedestrian isdetected in front of the vehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 218.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel speed will belimited when necessary to protect thedriveline from damage. Adjust drivingaccordingly.

See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 184.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.



This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS and theStabiliTrak/ESC systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check the DICmessages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioning andwhether the vehicle requires service.

If the light is on and flashing, the TCSand/or the StabiliTrak/ESC system isactively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature Warning Light

On some vehicles this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not, have the vehicle serviced bythe dealer. If the system is workingnormally the indicator light goes off.

For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen starting the vehicle.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Driving withthis light on can damage the engineand it may not be covered by thevehicle warranty. See EngineOverheating 0 256.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 256.



Driver Mode Control Light

This light comes on when Sport Modeis selected.

This light comes on when Snow/IceMode is selected.

This light comes on when Track Modeis selected. See Driver Mode Control0 185.

This light comes on when V Mode isselected. See Driver Mode Control0 185.

This light comes on when My Mode isselected. See Driver Mode Control0 185.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides information abouttire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of thetires are significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tirepressure message may also display.Stop as soon as possible, and inflatethe tires to the pressure value shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Tire Pressure 0 279.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the light willcome on at every ignition cycle. SeeTire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 282.



Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Check theoil level as soon as possible. Add oilif required, but if the oil level iswithin the operating range and theoil pressure is still low, have thevehicle serviced. Always follow themaintenance schedule for changingengine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehicle couldbe low on oil and might have someother system problem. See your dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tank islow on fuel. The light turns off whenfuel is added. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If the systemis working normally, the indicatorlight turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 28.

High-Beam On Light



This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use. SeeHeadlamp High/Low-Beam Changer0 134.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls0 132.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the exteriorlamps are in use, except when onlythe Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls0 132.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is white whenthe cruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise control isset and active. See Cruise Control0 193.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when AdaptiveCruise Control (if equipped) is active.

Curve Speed Control Light

If equipped, this light may illuminategreen when ACC is actively controllingthe vehicle speed and detects a sharpcurve on the road ahead.

See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 195.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows the statusof many vehicle systems.

S or T : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

y or z : Use the thumbwheel toscroll to the previous or nextselection.

V : Press the thumbwheel to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

Info Page Options

The info displays on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press T to scroll to the Optionsmenu. Use the thumbwheel toscroll to Info Pages and press thethumbwheel to select.

2. Scroll y or z to move throughthe list of possible info displays.

3. Press the thumbwheel while anitem is highlighted to select ordeselect that item.

The info pages can also be turned onor off through the DIC Info PageOptions.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of all possibleDIC information displays. Some of theinformation displays may not beavailable for your particular vehicle.

While in the Info Page Options menu,the info pages can be restored to thedefault factory settings by pressingand holdingR on the left steeringwheel controls and the thumbwheelon the right steering wheel controls atthe same time.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average FuelEconomy : The Trip display shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset. Thetrip odometer can be reset by pressingV and selecting yes or no while thisdisplay is active.

Average Fuel Economy shows theapproximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number of



L/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average Fuel Economycan be reset by pressing V andselecting yes or no while this displayis active.

Fuel Range : Shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is low onfuel. The fuel range estimate is basedon an average of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messagewill appear on the display. The oilshould be changed as soon aspossible. See Engine Oil 0 246. In

addition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 309.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will not resetitself. Do not reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately until thenext oil change. To reset the engineoil life system, press V and thenselect yes or no. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 248.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all four tires.Tire pressure is displayed in eitherkilopascal (kPa) or in pounds persquare inch (psi). If the pressure islow, the value for that tire is shown inamber. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 281 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 282.

Fuel Economy : Displays average fueleconomy, the best fuel economy overthe selected distance, and a bar graphshowing instantaneous fuel economy.

Average Speed : Displays the averagevehicle speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average is basedon the various vehicle speeds recordedsince the last reset. Reset the averagespeed by pressing the thumbwheelwhile this display is active to show aconfirmation window to select yesor no.

Timer : This display can be used as atimer. To start the timer, press thethumbwheel while this display isactive. The display will show theamount of time that has passed sincethe timer was last reset. To stop thetimer, press the thumbwheel brieflywhile this display is active and thetimer is running.

Press the thumbwheel while thisdisplay is active to reset the timer.

Follow Distance/Gap Setting : WhenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is notengaged, the current follow time tothe vehicle ahead is displayed as atime value on this page. When ACChas been engaged, the display



switches to the gap setting page. Thispage shows the current gap settingalong with the vehicle ahead telltale.

Driver Assistance : If equipped,shows information for Lane KeepAssist (LKA) and Forward CollisionAlert (FCA).

Battery Voltage : Shows the currentbattery voltage.

Coolant Temperature : Shows theengine coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Temperature : Shows the engineoil temperature in either degreesCelsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Showsthe total number of hours the enginehas run. The display also shows theengine idle hours.

Transmission Fluid Temperature :Shows the temperature of theautomatic transmission fluid in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Info Page Options : Scroll to choosewhich info pages appear on the DIC.Press the thumbwheel to select ordeselect.

Blank Page : Allows for noinformation to be displayed in thecluster info display areas.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning the operationof the vehicle is projected onto thewindshield. The information isprojected through the HUD lens onthe driver side of the instrumentpanel and focused out toward thefront of the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD image asa parking aid, you may misjudgethe distance and damage yourvehicle. Do not use the HUD imageas a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages insome vehicles. The speedometerreading and other numerical valuescan be displayed in either English ormetric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed through theinstrument cluster. See “Settings” inthe Infotainment Manual and"Options" under Instrument Cluster0 100.



HUD Display on the Windshield

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Performance

. Driver Assistance Features

. Vehicle Messages

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may be clearedby using the steering wheel controls.See Vehicle Messages 0 122.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Press or lift to center the HUDimage. The HUD image can only beadjusted up and down, not sideto side.

! : Press to select the display view.Each press will change thedisplay view.

D : Lift and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press and hold to dim thedisplay. Continue to hold to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUD brightnesscontrol can also be adjusted asneeded.

The HUD image can temporarily lightup depending on the angle andposition of sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could make theHUD image harder to see.

Head-Up Display (HUD) RotationOption

This feature allows for adjusting theangle of the HUD image.

Press the thumbwheel while AdjustRotation is highlighted to enter AdjustMode. Scroll to adjust the angle of theHUD display. Press the thumbwheel toconfirm and save the setting. Thisfeature may only be available inP (Park). See Instrument Cluster 0 100.



Speed Limit Style Adjustment

The speed limit style can be changedto a speed limit bar or speed limit signfrom the Options menu. Press thethumbwheel while Speed Limit Styleis highlighted to change the speedsign style or to turn it off.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information and vehiclemessages or alerts may be displayedin any view.

Metric

English

Speed View : This displays digitalspeed in English or metric units,speed limit, vehicle ahead indicator,Lane Departure Warning/Lane KeepAssist, and Adaptive Cruise Controland set speed. Some information onlyappears on vehicles that have thesefeatures, and when they are active.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with audio/phoneinformation, vehicle ahead indicator,Lane Departure Warning/Lane KeepAssist, and Adaptive Cruise Control

and set speed. The current radiostation, media type, and incomingcalls will be displayed.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearing inthe instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing in theinstrument cluster, may also displayin any HUD view.

Metric

English



Navigation View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in somevehicles, vehicle ahead indicator, LaneDeparture Warning/Lane Keep Assist,and Adaptive Cruise Control and setspeed. The compass heading isdisplayed when navigation routing isnot active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Performance View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with rpm reading,transmission positions, Shift TimingLight Position (V-Series only), gearshift indicator (if equipped), vehicleahead indicator, Lane DepartureWarning/Lane Keep Assist, andAdaptive Cruise Control and set speed.

If equipped, the shift timing lights atthe top of the display will appear withincreases in engine rpm. The rows oflights get closer together as the shiftpoint gets closer. Shift thetransmission before the lights cometogether in the display. Shiftimmediately if the lights are flashing.See Manual Mode 0 178.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield toremove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity of theHUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe thelens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

If you cannot see the HUD imagewhen the ignition is on, check that:

. Nothing is covering the HUD lens.

. The HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. The HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.

. The windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needsreplacing, see Windshield Replacement0 262.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DriverInformation Center (DIC) indicate thestatus of the vehicle or some actionthat may be needed to correct acondition. Multiple messages mayappear one after another.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared by pressingthe thumbwheel. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action is performed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the message doesnot correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears, seeyour dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power is reduced.A reduction in propulsion power canaffect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on, butthere is no observed reduction inperformance, proceed to yourdestination. Under certain conditions

the performance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven while thismessage is on, but maximumacceleration and speed may bereduced. Anytime this message stayson, or displays repeatedly, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Under certain operating conditions,propulsion will be disabled. Tryrestarting after the ignition has beenoff for 30 seconds.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXXKM/H (MPH)

This message shows that the vehiclespeed has been limited to the speeddisplayed. The limited speed is aprotection for various propulsion andvehicle systems, such as lubrication,thermal, brakes, suspension, TeenDriver if equipped, or tires.



Vehicle PersonalizationThe following are all possible vehiclepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a list ofavailable options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top level ofthe Settings menu.

The menu may contain the following:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and a messagewhen the rear door has been openedbefore or during operation of thevehicle.

Touch Off or On.

My Mode

Touch and the following may display:

. Engine Sound

. Steering

. Suspension

. Brake Response

Engine Sound

This setting adjusts the sound of theengine exhaust from a quiet to a loudexhaust volume.

Touch Tour, Sport, or Track.

Steering

This setting adjusts how the steeringfeels from a lighter to a reduced assistfor more steering feel.


Suspension

This setting adjusts the suspensionfrom a comfortable to a moreresponsive tune.


Brake Response

This setting adjusts the brake pedalresponse for specific drivingconditions or style.


Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

. Ionizer

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount ofairflow when the climate control fansetting is Auto Fan.



Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This setting switches the system intoRecirculation Mode based on thequality of the outside air.

Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Cooled Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the ventilated seatswhen the cabin temperature is warm.See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 46.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the heated seats whenthe cabin temperature is cool. Theauto heated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons on thecenter stack. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 46.

If equipped with auto heated steeringwheel, this feature will turn on whenthe auto heated seats turn on.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns thefront defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns therear defogger on when the engine isstarted.

Touch Off or On.

Ionizer

If equipped and on, this feature helpsclean the air inside the vehicle andremove contaminants such as pollen,odors, and dust. See Dual AutomaticClimate Control System 0 141.

Touch Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems


. Alert Type

. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Lane Change Alert

. Seat Belt Tightening

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Rear Pedestrian Detection

. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

. Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

Alert Type

This setting specifies the type ofvehicle feedback provided, either abeep or seat vibration, when you arein danger of colliding with an object.

Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Forward Collision System

This setting controls the vehicleresponse when detecting a vehicleahead of you. The Off setting disablesall FCA and AEB functions. With theAlert and Brake setting, both FCA andAEB are available. The Alert settingdisables AEB. See AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) 0 217.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid or reducethe harm caused by front-end crasheswith nearby pedestrians.



See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 218.


Lane Change Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay on the outside mirror to helpyou avoid crashing into a vehicle inyour blind spot, or rapidlyapproaching your blind spot, during alane change maneuver. See LaneChange Alert (LCA) 0 220.

Touch Off or On.

Seat Belt Tightening

This setting automatically adjustsyour seat belts to a snug fit whenbuckled. The seat belts tighten whenyou first buckle up and during roughdriving or road conditions.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This setting specifies if an alert willdisplay when the vehicle detectsapproaching rear cross traffic when inR (Reverse). See Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 205.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Pedestrian Detection

This setting specifies if alerts willdisplay when the vehicle detectspedestrians behind when inR (Reverse). See Rear Pedestrian Alert0 213.


Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This setting determines if an alert willappear when Adaptive Cruise Controlbrings the vehicle to a complete stopand the vehicle ahead of you startsmoving again. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 195.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the Rear CameraPark Assist Symbols. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing 0 205.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Remote Mirror Folding

. Rain Sense Wipers

. Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control

Chime Volume

This setting determines the chimevolume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger, driver, or passenger outsidemirrors will tilt downward when thevehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) toimprove visibility of the ground nearthe rear wheels. They will return totheir previous driving position whenthe vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse) or the engine is turned off.See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 31.

Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger,On - Driver, or On - Passenger.



Remote Mirror Folding

This setting adjusts the outsidemirrors when locking and unlockingthe vehicle. Press Q on the remote keyor lock button on the door handle tofold the mirrors in. Press K on theremote key or unlock button on thedoor handle to unfold the mirrors. SeeFolding Mirrors 0 30.

Touch Off or On.

Rain Sense Wipers

This setting automatically turns onthe wipers when moisture is detectedand the wiper switch is inintermittent mode.

Touch Disabled or Enabled.

Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control

The trunk may be operated with akicking motion under the rear bumperat the location of the projected logo.See Trunk 0 20.

Touch Off, or On-Open Only.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the vehicle’sheadlamps when K is pressed on theremote key.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicle isturned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the vehicle frombeing locked while a door is open.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This setting allows selection of whichdoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

This setting delays the locking of thevehicle’s doors.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

. Remote Removed from VehicleAlert



Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exterior lampswhen the vehicle is unlocked with theremote key.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how the vehicleresponds when the vehicle is lockedwith the remote key.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the remote key.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe ventilated seats when using theremote start function on warm days.See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 46 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 46 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

If equipped with auto heated steeringwheel, this feature will turn on whenthe remote start auto heated seatsturn on.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature enablesremote operation of the windows withthe remote key. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch Off, All Doors or DriverDoor Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehicle willautomatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doors areclosed, and you walk away from thevehicle with the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.

Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert when theremote key is left in the vehicle. Thismenu also enables Remote No Longerin Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Removed from VehicleAlert

This feature beeps the horn 3 timeswhen exiting a running vehicle withthe remote key.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory

. Seat Exit Memory



Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recalls thepreviously stored 1 or 2 buttonpositions when the ignition is changedfrom off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY.See Memory Seats 0 44.

Touch On or Off.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recalls thepreviously stored exit button positionswhen the ignition is changed from onor ACC/ACCESSORY to off if the driverdoor is open or opened. See MemorySeats 0 44.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainment systemand steering wheel controls. It mayalso limit access to vehicle storagelocations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back to goback to the previous menu.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 335.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, and homeautomation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming when vehicleownership is terminated. See “ErasingUniversal Remote System Buttons”later in this section.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door opener receiver.Clear all people and objects near thegarage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placedoutside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will apply andmay differ based on landline or mobilephone.

Programming involves time-sensitiveactions, and may time out causing theprocedure to be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to3 in) away from the UniversalRemote system buttons with theindicator light in view. Thehand-held transmitter wassupplied by the manufacturer ofthe garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press and holdboth the hand-held transmitterbutton and one of the threeUniversal Remote systembuttons to be used to operate thegarage door. Do not release eitherbutton until the indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidflash. Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openers mayrequire substitution of Step 2with the procedure under “RadioSignals for Some Gate Operators”later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage door activation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when the buttonis pressed, then programmingis complete. There is no needto complete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light does notcome on or the garage doordoes not move, a secondbutton press may be



required. For a second time,press and hold the newlyprogrammed button forfive seconds. If the light stayson or the garage door moves,programming is complete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds, thenchanges to a solid light andthe garage door does notmove, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smart buttoninside garage on the garage dooropener receiver. The name andcolor of the button may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press and holdthe newly programmed UniversalRemote system button fortwo seconds and then release it.If the garage door does not moveor the lamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the same buttona second time for two seconds,then release it. Again, if the doordoes not move or the garagedoor lamp does not flash, pressand hold the same button a thirdtime for two seconds, thenrelease it.

The Universal Remote system shouldnow activate the garage door.

Repeat the process for programmingthe two remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Some GateOperators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515. For calls placed

outside the U.S., Canada, or PuertoRico, international rates will apply andmay differ based on landline or mobilephone.

Some gate operators andradio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds of transmission.This may not be long enough for theUniversal Remote system to pick upthe signal during programming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the Universal Remotesystem button while pressing andreleasing the hand-held transmitterbutton every two seconds until thesignal has been successfully acceptedby the Universal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.



Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button for atleast one-half second. The indicatorlight will come on while the signal isbeing transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This should takeabout 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote System Button

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System.”


132 LIGHTING

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . 132Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 134Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Automatic Headlamp System . . . 135Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 135Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Battery Load Management . . . . . . 138Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . 139Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theturn signal lever.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turn toO again to reactivate the AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off, dependingon outside lighting.


LIGHTING 133

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlamps togetherwith the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps on andoff according to surrounding trafficconditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is dark enoughand there is no other traffic present.

This lightb comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen it is dark outside and theexterior lamp control is in AUTOor2.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

The blue high-beam on light appearson the instrument cluster when thehigh beams are on.

There is a sensor near the top centerof the windshield that automaticallycontrols the system. Keep this area ofthe windshield clear of debris to allowfor best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on,under the automatic control, until oneof the following situations occurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle's headlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's taillamps.

. The outside light is bright enoughthat high-beam headlamps are notrequired.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system is disabledby the button on the turnsignal lever. If this happens,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen the exterior lamp control isin the AUTO or2 position toreactivate the IntelliBeam system.The instrument cluster light willcome on to indicate theIntelliBeam system is reactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lamps becauseof any of the following:


134 LIGHTING. The other vehicle's lamps are

missing, damaged, obstructed fromview, or otherwise undetected.

. The other vehicle's lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamps cannotbe detected due to dense exhaust,smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist,or other airborne obstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the view ofthe light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such that thefront end points upward, causingthe light sensor to aim high andnot detect headlamps andtaillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven onwinding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beam headlampsmay need to be disabled if any of theabove conditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition is offand the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn the highbeams on. To return to low beams,push the lever again or pull it towardyou and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull the turnsignal lever toward you, and release.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

If equipped, the DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, and other lampswill not be on.

The DRL turn off when the headlampsare turned to O or the ignition is off.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, theDRL can only be turned off when thevehicle is parked.


LIGHTING 135

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control is setto AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

If equipped, the light sensor is on topof the instrument panel or on thewindshield near the rearview mirror.Do not cover the sensor, otherwise theheadlamps will come on when theyare not needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If it islight outside when the vehicle leavesthe garage, there is a slight delaybefore the automatic headlampsystem turns off the headlamps.During that delay, the instrumentcluster may not be as bright as usual.Make sure the instrument panelbrightness control is in the full brightposition. See Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 136.

When it is bright enough outside, theheadlamps will turn off.

The automatic headlamp system turnsoff when the exterior lamp control isturned to O or the ignition is off. Forvehicles sold in Canada, this controlonly works when the transmission isin P (Park).

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers are activatedin daylight with the engine on, andthe exterior lamp control is in AUTO,the headlamps, parking lamps, andother exterior lamps come on. Thetransition time for the lamps coming

on varies based on wiper speed. Whenthe wipers are not operating, theselamps turn off. Move the exteriorlamp control to O or; to disablethis feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press this button to make thefront and rear turn signal lamps flashon and off. Release the button for atleast one second and press again toturn the flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.


136 LIGHTING

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up or downto signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, the turnsignal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signal canbe turned off manually by moving thelever back to its original position.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal functionmay be inoperative. This vehicle maybe equipped with LED lighting. Forreplacement of any LED lighting,contact your dealer.

Cornering LampsIf equipped with cornering lamps, theyautomatically come on when all of thefollowing occur:

. The low-beam headlamps are on.

. The turn signals are activated orthe steering wheel is at a turningangle.

. The vehicle speed is below40 km/h (25 mph).

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown to brighten or dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrument


LIGHTING 137

panel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displays willautomatically be adjusted.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened unless the domelamp override is activated. Todeactivate the dome lamp override,pressj OFF and the indicator lighton the button will turn off.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theoverhead console.

To operate, press the followingbuttons:

j OFF : Press to turn off the domelamps when a door is open. Anindicator light on the button will turnon when the dome lamp override isactivated. Pressj OFF again todeactivate this feature and theindicator light will turn off. The domelamps will come on when doors areopened.

+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the domelamps on and off manually.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors. Theselamps come on when any door isopened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Press the lamp lenses on the frontreading lamps.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.


138 LIGHTING

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most of theinterior lights turn on briefly at night,or in areas of limited lighting when Kis pressed on the remote key. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8. When the driver door isopened, all control lights, DriverInformation Center (DIC) lights, anddoor pocket lights turn on. After about30 seconds the exterior lamps turnoff, then the remaining interior lightsdim to off. Entry lighting can bedisabled manually by changing theignition out of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the remote key.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” under VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Entry Lighting with ApproachDetection

If equipped with approach detection,the entry lighting feature willautomatically turn on when theremote key is detected withinapproximately 2 m (6 ft) of the vehicle.

If the vehicle has remained parked foran extended period of time with noremote key use or Keyless Accessoperation, approach detection will bedisabled. To reactivate, press anybutton on the remote key or open andclose all vehicle doors to re-enable theentry lighting feature on approach.

Approach detection will not work if:

. The vehicle battery is low.

. The ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

. Entry lighting is set to Off. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Approach detection will not work witha single remote key if:

. The remote key is left within a 5 m(16 ft) range of the vehicle forseveral minutes

. The remote key is left inside thevehicle and all the doors areclosed

To help maximize remote key batterylife, do not store the remote keywithin 5 m (16 ft) of the vehicle.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comes onafter the ignition is turned off. Theexterior lamps and dome lamp remainon for a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Battery Load ManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM), which estimatesthe battery's temperature and state of


LIGHTING 139

charge. It then adjusts the voltage forbest performance and extended life ofthe battery.

When the battery's state of charge islow, the voltage is raised slightly toquickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high, thevoltage is lowered slightly to preventovercharging. If the vehicle has avoltmeter gauge or a voltage displayon the Driver Information Center(DIC), you may see the voltage moveup or down. This is normal. If there isa problem, an alert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged at idleif the electrical loads are very high.This is true for all vehicles. This isbecause the generator (alternator)may not be spinning fast enough atidle to produce all the power that isneeded for very high electrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, fog lamps,rear window defogger, climate controlfan at high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reduce thepower demands of some accessories.

Normally, these actions occur in stepsor levels, without being noticeable. Inrare cases at the highest levels ofcorrective action, this action may benoticeable to the driver. If so, a DICmessage might be displayed. If abattery message is displayed, it isrecommended that the driver reducethe electrical loads as much aspossible. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 116.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature is designedto protect the vehicle's battery.

If some interior lamps are left on andthe ignition is turned off, the batteryrundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition is turnedoff, if the parking lamps or headlampshave been manually left on. Thisprotects against draining the battery.To restart the 10-minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the Oposition and then back to the; or

2 position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be on orin ACC/ACCESSORY.


140 INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM

Infotainment System

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system, andvoice or speech recognition. It alsoincludes information on settings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by your dealerif related aftermarket equipment isinstalled.


CLIMATE CONTROLS 141

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate controldisplay are used to adjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. ON/OFF (Power)

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

4. Driver Temperature Controls

5. Fan Control

6. Passenger Temperature Controls

7. A/C (Air Conditioning)

8. Recirculation

9. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

10. Defrost

11. Rear Window Defogger


142 CLIMATE CONTROLS

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Displays

3. Fan Control

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. Recirculation

6. Air Delivery Mode Control

7. Auto (Automatic Operation)

8. A/C (Air Conditioning)

9. On/Off (Power)

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and Sync settings canbe controlled by touching CLIMATEon the infotainment Home Page or theclimate button in the climate controldisplay application tray. A selectioncan then be made on the front climatecontrol page displayed. See theinfotainment manual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the center stackclimate controls are adjusted.

Climate Control Influence on FuelEconomy

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heat andpower input. Certain climate controlsettings can lead to higher fuel usage.

The following climate control settingsuse more fuel:

. MAX air conditioning mode

. Defrost mode

. Extreme temperature settings,such as 15° C (60° F) or 32° C(90° F)

. High fan speed settings

To help reduce fuel usage:

. Use the full automatic control asdescribed under “AutomaticOperation.”

. Select a temperature setting thatis higher in hot weather and lowerin cold weather.

. Turn off the air conditioning whenit is not needed.

. Only use defrost to clear thewindows.



Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls thefollowing five functions to heat or coolthe vehicle to the desired temperature:

. Fan Speed

. Air Delivery Mode

. Air Conditioning

. Temperature

. Recirculation

When the AUTO indicator light is lit,all five functions are operatingautomatically. Each function can bemanually set and the selected settingwill be shown. This cancels fullautomatic operation and the AUTOindicator light turns off. Functionsthat are not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, although the AUTOindicator light will not be lit.

To place the system inautomatic mode:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the driver and passengertemperature.

To find your comfort setting,start with 22 °C (72 °F) and allowthe system time to stabilize.Then adjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and to coolthe vehicle faster, recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather.

The recirculation light will not comeon when automatically controlled.Press@ to manually selectrecirculation; press it again to selectoutside air.

Do not cover the solar sensor on thetop of the instrument panel near thewindshield. This sensor regulates airtemperature based on sun load. See“Sensors” later in this section.

Manual Operation

ON/OFF : Press to turn the climatecontrol system on or off. When thesystem is off, outside air will beprevented from entering the vehicle.When the system is on, a button ispressed, or knob is turned, the climatecontrol system will turn on anddeliver airflow per the current setting.

Q9 R : Press the fan controls on thecenter stack or the climate controldisplay to increase or decrease the fanspeed. Press and hold the controls toadjust speed more quickly.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Driver and Passenger TemperatureControl : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driver andthe passenger. Press w / x toincrease or decrease the temperature.

SYNC : Press to link the passengerand rear climate temperature settings,if equipped, to the driver setting. TheSYNC indicator light will turn on.When the passenger or rear climatetemperature settings are adjusted, theSYNC indicator light is off.

The driver side or passenger sidetemperature display shows thetemperature setting increasing ordecreasing.

Air Delivery Mode Control : PressY,

[, orz to change the direction ofthe airflow. An indicator light comeson in the selected mode button. All



three buttons or any combination ofthe three buttons can be used toselect the air delivery mode.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and the systemgoes into manual mode. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation.

z : This mode clears the windows offog or moisture. Air is directed to thewindshield, outboard panel outlets,and side window vents. The systemautomatically forces outside air intothe vehicle and the air conditioningcompressor will run, unless theoutside temperature is close tofreezing.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some to the windshield,side window outlets, and second rowfloor outlets.

0 : Press to clear the windshield offog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield, outboardpanel outlets, and the side window

vents. The air conditioningcompressor also comes on, unless theoutside temperature is below freezing.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

See Air Vents 0 146.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. Anindicator light comes on to show thatthe air conditioning is enabled. If thefan is turned off, the air conditionerwill not run. The A/C light will stay oneven if the outside temperatures arebelow freezing.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool the insideof the vehicle. It can also be used tohelp reduce outside air and odors thatenter the vehicle. The air conditioningcompressor also comes on when thismode is activated.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses awarming grid to remove fog from therear window.

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger only workswhen the ignition is on. The defoggerturns off if the ignition is turned tooff or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharp objectto clear the inside rear window candamage the rear window defogger.Repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not clearthe inside rear window with sharpobjects.

Heated Mirror : If equipped withheated outside mirrors, the mirrorsheat to help clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirror when the rearwindow defog button is pressed. SeeHeated Mirrors 0 31.



Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with remotestart, the climate control system mayrun when the vehicle is startedremotely. The rear defog may come onduring remote start based on coldambient conditions. The rear defogindicator light does not come onduring a remote start.

If equipped, the heated seats will turnon if it is cold outside or theventilated seats will turn on if it is hotoutside. The heated and ventilatedseat indicator lights may not come onduring a remote start. If equipped, theheated steering wheel will come on ina remote start if it is cold outside. Theheated steering wheel indicator lightmay not come on.

Sensors

The solar sensor, located in thedefrost grille in the middle of theinstrument panel, monitors the solarheat. Do not cover the solar sensor orthe system will not work properly.

There is also an exterior temperaturesensor behind the front grille. Thissensor reads the outside airtemperature and helps maintain thetemperature inside the vehicle. Anycover on the front of the vehicle couldcause a false reading in the displayedtemperature.

The climate control system uses theinformation from these sensors tomaintain comfort settings byadjusting the outlet temperature, fanspeed, and air delivery mode. Thesystem may also supply cooler air tothe side of the vehicle facing the sun.The recirculation mode will also beused as needed to maintain cooloutlet temperatures.



Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in the centerand on the sides of the instrumentpanel, and on the rear of the centerconsole storage.

Move the slider knobs to change thedirection of or to close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom air inlets at the base of thewindshield that could block theflow of air into the vehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn into thevehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affect theperformance of the system. Checkwith your dealer before addingequipment to the outside of thevehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restricts airflowand may cause damage to the airvents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle. Thefilter should be replaced as part ofroutine scheduled maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 309.

See your dealer regarding replacementof the filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trained andcertified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator should neverbe repaired or replaced by one from asalvage vehicle. It should only bereplaced by a new evaporator toensure proper and safe operation.



During service, all refrigerants shouldbe reclaimed with proper equipment.Venting refrigerants directly to theatmosphere is harmful to theenvironment and may also createunsafe conditions based on inhalation,combustion, frostbite, or otherhealth-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 309.


148 DRIVING AND OPERATING

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Track Events and CompetitiveDriving (V-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . 153

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . 156Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 157Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . 159Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . 172Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 174Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

BrakesElectric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . 180Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . 182Automatic VehicleHold (AVH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . . 191Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 193

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . 195

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . 204Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . 220Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . 220Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . 222Surround Vision Recorder . . . . . . . 224


DRIVING AND OPERATING 149

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Recommended Fuel (LSY 2.0L L4Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Recommended Fuel (LGY 3.0LV6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . 227Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information . . . . 230Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical Equipment . . . 237

Driving Information

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuel mileage.Here are some driving tips to get thebest fuel economy possible:

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn them offwhen not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoid abruptstops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speed limitsor drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires with thesame TPC Spec number moldedinto the tire's sidewall nearthe size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many forms andcan take your focus from the task ofdriving. Exercise good judgment anddo not let other activities divert yourattention away from the road. Manylocal governments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep youreyes on the road, keep your hands onthe steering wheel, and focus yourattention on driving.

. Do not use a phone in demandingdriving situations. Use ahands-free method to place orreceive necessary phone calls.


150 DRIVING AND OPERATING. Watch the road. Do not read, take

notes, or look up information onphones or other electronic devices.

. Designate a front seat passengerto handle potential distractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings. Programall trip information into anynavigation device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked toretrieve items that have fallen tothe floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tend tochildren.

. Keep pets in an appropriate carrieror restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The first stepin driving defensively is to wear theseat belt. See Seat Belts 0 50.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they may do and be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by even asmall amount of alcohol. You canhave a serious — or even fatal —collision if you drive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and accelerating areimportant factors in helping to controla vehicle while driving.



BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time is aboutthree-quarters of a second. In thattime, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), whichcould be a lot of distance in anemergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops or a brakefault occurs, the brakes may losepower assist. More effort will berequired to stop the vehicle and it cantake longer to stop.

Steering

Caution

To avoid damage to the steeringsystem, do not drive over curbs,parking barriers, or similar objectsat speeds greater than 3 km/h(1 mph). Use care when driving overother objects such as lane dividersand speed bumps. Damage causedby misuse of the vehicle is notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering system thatvaries the amount of effort required tosteer the vehicle in relation to thespeed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effort requiredis less at slower speeds to make thevehicle more maneuverable and easierto park. At faster speeds, the steeringeffort increases to provide a sport-likefeel to the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenance isnot required.

If power steering assist is lost due to asystem malfunction, the vehicle canbe steered, but may require increasedeffort.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.



If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when the systemcools down.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out of thecurve before accelerating gentlyinto the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem may bemore effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of the steeringwheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can drop offthe edge of a road onto the shoulderwhile driving. Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way,steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid — toomuch speed or steering in a curvecauses tires to slip and losecornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the driving wheelsto spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids bytaking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.



If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off the acceleratorpedal and steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go. The vehicle maystraighten out. Be ready for asecond skid if it occurs.

. Slow down and adjust your drivingaccording to weather conditions.Stopping distance can be longerand vehicle control can be affectedwhen traction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or other materialon the road. Learn to recognizewarning clues — such as enoughwater, ice, or packed snow on theroad to make a mirrored surface— and slow down when you haveany doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking, includingreducing vehicle speed by shiftingto a lower gear. Any suddenchanges could cause the tires toslide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoidonly the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive Driving(V-Series Only)

{ Danger

High-performance features areintended for use only on closedtracks by experienced and qualifieddrivers and should not be used onpublic roads. High-speed driving,aggressive cornering, hard braking,and other high-performance drivingcan be dangerous. Improper driverinputs for the conditions may resultin loss of control of the vehicle,which could injure or kill you orothers. Always drive safely.

Track events and competitive drivingmay affect the vehicle warranty. Seethe warranty manual before using thevehicle for competitive driving.

{ Warning

Prior to each track event and againbefore returning to public roads,tighten the wheel nuts with atorque wrench to the proper torquespecification. Wheel nuts that areimproperly or incorrectly tightenedcan cause the wheels to becomeloose or come off, resulting in acrash. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 322 for wheel nuttorque specifications.

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving, theengine may use more oil than itwould with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 246.



Axle Fluid

Axles must have 2400 km (1500 mi)before being used in track driving.

The front, if equipped with AWD, andrear axle fluid temperatures may behigher than when driving in severeconditions. Drain and refill with newfluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and thenafter every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 318.

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high axle temperatures canoccur. Damage could be caused tothe axle and would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notdrive as long or as fast the firsttime the vehicle is driven on thetrack or raced.

Engine Oil

Check the oil level often during trackevents and competitive driving andkeep the oil level at or near theupper mark.

Fuel

Use premium unleaded gasoline witha posted octane rating of 93 at a trackevent. Unleaded gasoline with aposted octane rating of 91 may beused, but performance will bedegraded. See Prohibited Fuels 0 227.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Have the transmission fluid set to thetrack specific oil level prior to trackusage. Transmission fluid should bechanged after every 15 hours of trackusage. Any transmission level set orchange should be performed at yourdealer.

Brakes

Brake Fluid

For track events and competitivedriving, it is recommended that thebrake fluid be replaced with a highperformance brake fluid that has a dry

boiling point greater than 279 °C(534 °F). After conversion to the highperformance brake fluid, follow thebrake fluid service recommendationsoutlined by the fluid manufacturer. Donot use silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.

Caution

Removing the splash shield candegrade wet braking performance,as well as introduce brake pedalpulsation, due to brake discexposure to road debris. Onlyremove the front brake disc splashshield and front tire deflector whendriving in track events.

Brake cooling can be improved if thefront brake disc splash shield andfront tire deflector are removed.Removing the shield will require thatthe suspension bushings and wheelspeed sensor wires visible to the brakedisc be protected with insulatedthermal wrapping.

Check the fluid level before eachcompetitive driving event.



Brake Fade Warning Assist

The Brake Fade Warning Assistsystem monitors the performance ofthe brake system. If the systemdetects brake fade, or if the brakefluid is near the boiling point, thedriver will be alerted.

Stage 1 : The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays a “ReduceBraking to Avoid Overheating”message and brake pedal effort andtravel is increased. When the messagedisplays, the driver should decreasebrake pedal pressure.

Stage 2 : The Driver InformationCenter (DIC) displays a “BrakesOverheated Service Now” message thatthe brake fluid temperature isexcessive and is about to boil. Thesystem increases brake pedal effortand travel, and will also limit vehiclespeed. The driver should immediatelystart a cool down lap if on the track.If this message displays, take thevehicle to be serviced at your dealer.

Brake Burnishing (V-Series)

To prepare the V-Series brake systemfor track events and racing, completethe appropriate high performancebrake burnishing procedure describedbelow.

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

These procedures are specific to theV-Series with performance brakelinings package. This procedureshould not be run on other modelsas damage may result.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishingprocedure or damage may occur tothe powertrain/engine. See NewVehicle Break-In 0 163.

When performed as instructed, thisprocedure will not damage the brakes.During the burnishing procedure, thebrake pads will smoke and produce anodor. The braking force and pedaltravel may increase. After theprocedure is complete, the brake padsmay appear white at the rotor contact.

Run this procedure in a safe mannerand in compliance with all local andstate ordinances/laws regarding motorvehicle operation. Run this procedureonly on dry pavement.

Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure

Caution

Brake fade will occur during thistrack burnish procedure and cancause brake pedal travel and forceto increase. This could extendstopping distance until the brakesare fully burnished.

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph) while



decelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application. Drivefor at least 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplying the brakes. This firststep may be skipped if there aremore than 320 km (200 mi) onthe brake pads.

2. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

As with all high performance brakesystems, some amount of brake squealis normal.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment suggested specs fortrack use:

. Front: -2.0 deg camber, 0.2 degtotal toe

. Rear: -1.7 deg camber, 0.2 degtotal toe

Vehicles Equipped with theOriginal Equipment Tires

Follow the requirements andrecommendations for tire inflationpressures while driving on varioustypes of tracks/courses. This helps toachieve a well-balanced vehicle andenhance tire traction performance.

Use good judgment to determine theappropriate tire inflation pressure andspeeds for the track/courseconfiguration and environmentalconditions. Contact the tiremanufacturer if further assistance isneeded.

Tire Inflation PressureGuidelines

Tire inflation pressures affect vehiclehandling and tire life, and should beadjusted for various types of tracks/courses.

Inspect the tires prior to every track/course session. Track/course drivingwill reduce the tire tread life.

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Operating the vehicle at high speedscan be dangerous. Improper tireinflation pressure can putadditional strain on the tires andcan cause a sudden failure. Makesure the tires are in excellentcondition, and use the correct coldtire inflation pressure for thevehicle load and track/course.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reduce vehicletraction and affect your ability to stopand accelerate. Always drive slower in



these types of driving conditions andavoid driving through large puddlesand deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes. Theymight not work as well in a quickstop and could cause pulling to oneside. You could lose control of thevehicle.

After driving through a large puddleof water or a car/vehicle wash,lightly apply the brake pedal untilthe brakes work normally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and be verycautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water canbuild up under the vehicle's tires sothey actually ride on the water. Thiscan happen if the road is wet enoughand you are going fast enough. Whenthe vehicle is hydroplaning, it haslittle or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wiping equipmentin good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper treaddepth. See Tires 0 272.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than driving onflat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow the vehicleon a long downhill slope can causebrake overheating, can reduce brakeperformance, and could result in aloss of braking. Shift thetransmission to a lower gear to letthe engine assist the brakes on asteep downhill slope.



{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) orwith the ignition off is dangerous.This can cause overheating of thebrakes and loss of steering assist.Always have the engine runningand the vehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills; somethingcould be in your lane (e.g., stalledcar, crash).

. Pay attention to special road signs(e.g., falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires and theroad creates less traction or grip, sodrive carefully. Wet ice can occur at

about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rainbegins to fall. Avoid driving on wet iceor in freezing rain until roads can betreated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Accelerating tooquickly causes the wheels to spinand makes the surface under thetires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 184.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakes shouldbe applied sooner than when ondry pavement. See Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) 0 180.

See Driver Mode Control 0 185.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas. Thesurface of a curve or an overpasscan remain icy when thesurrounding roads are clear. Avoidsudden steering maneuvers andbraking while on ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby. If possible,use Roadside Service. See RoadsideService 0 329. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This may causeexhaust gases to get inside. Engineexhaust contains carbon monoxide(CO), which cannot be seen orsmelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle side thatis away from the wind, tobring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set thefan speed to the highestsetting. See “Climate ControlSystems.”

For more information about CO, seeEngine Exhaust 0 173.

To save fuel, run the engine for shortperiods to warm the vehicle and thenshut the engine off and partially closethe window. Moving about to keepwarm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idle speed.This keeps the battery charged torestart the vehicle and to signal forhelp with the headlamps. Do this aslittle as possible, to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin the wheelsto free the vehicle when stuck in sand,mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 184.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and you orothers could be injured. The vehiclecan overheat, causing an enginecompartment fire or other damage.Spin the wheels as little as possibleand avoid going above 56 km/h(35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out

Turn the steering wheel left and rightto clear the area around the frontwheels. Turn off any traction system.Shift back and forth betweenR (Reverse) and a low forward gear,spinning the wheels as little aspossible. To prevent transmissionwear, wait until the wheels stopspinning before shifting gears. Releasethe accelerator pedal while shifting,and press lightly on the acceleratorpedal when the transmission is ingear. Slowly spinning the wheels inthe forward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not get



the vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 296.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle can carry.This weight is called the vehiclecapacity weight and includes theweight of all occupants, cargo, andall nonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label and theCertification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR),or either the maximum front orrear Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). This can cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

systems to break and changethe way the vehicle handles.This could cause loss of controland a crash. Overloading canalso reduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel also shows the tire size ofthe original equipment tires (3)and the recommended cold tireinflation pressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 272 andTire Pressure 0 279.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for the front and rearaxle. See “Certification Label” laterin this section.



“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity. Forexample, if the "XXX" amountequals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengersin your vehicle, the amountof available cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 234 forimportant information on towinga trailer, towing safety rules, andtrailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).



Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceed thevehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, called theGross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includes theweight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them as farforward as possible. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavier things,like suitcases, inside thevehicle so that some ofthem are above the tops ofthe seats.

. Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in thevehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless needed.

Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-InFollow these recommended guidelinesduring the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi) ofdriving this vehicle. Parts have abreak-in period and performance willbe better in the long run.

For the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm.

. Avoid driving at any one constantspeed, fast or slow.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when the enginespeed will exceed 4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labor. Neverlug the engine in high gear at lowspeeds.

. Do not participate in track events,sport driving schools, or similaractivities during this break-inperiod.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add if necessary. Oiland fuel consumption may behigher than normal during thefirst 2 400 km (1,500 mi).

. To break in new tires, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering for the first300 km (200 mi). New tires do nothave maximum traction and maytend to slip.

. New brake linings also need abreak-in period. Avoid makinghard stops during the first300 km (200 mi). This isrecommended every time brakelinings are replaced.

Composite MaterialsThis vehicle may be equipped withparts containing carbon fiber,sheet-molding compound, or othercomposite materials. Dealer-installedaccessories may also containcomposite materials.



{ Warning

Exposed edges of parts containingcarbon fiber and other compositematerials can be sharp. Contactwith these parts could result ininjury. Use caution to avoidcontacting these parts, includingwhen washing the vehicle. If theparts are damaged, replace theparts promptly with replacementsfrom your dealer.

{ Warning

Rocker extensions may break underpressure, resulting in propertydamage or injury. Do not stand onthe rocker extension or use it asa step.

{ Warning

Rear end spoilers may break underpressure, resulting in propertydamage or injury. Do not push thevehicle by the spoiler or use thespoiler as a handle.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronic keylessignition with pushbutton start.

If the pushbutton start is not working,the vehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interference to

the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)system. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be turned on and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Light) : When the vehicle isstopped, press ENGINE START/STOPonce to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 169.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D(Drive) or M (Manual Mode), thevehicle will shift to P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RAP willremain active.

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display the messageSHIFT TO PARK in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition will turn off.



{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut the vehicleoff in an emergency.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop andshift to P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 181.Press ENGINE START/STOP toturn the vehicle off.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled overand must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOPfor longer than two seconds, or presstwice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber IndicatorLight) : This mode allows you to usesome electrical accessories when theengine is off.

With the ignition off, pressingENGINE START/STOP once withoutthe brake pedal applied will place theignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after 10 minutesto prevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressing ENGINESTART/STOP once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins, releasethe button. Engine cranking will

continue until the engine starts. Theignition will then remain on. SeeStarting the Engine 0 165.

Service Mode

This mode is available to verify theproper operation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be required foremissions inspection purposes and forservice and diagnostics. See AutomaticTransmission 0 174.

With the vehicle off, and the brakepedal not applied, pressing andholding ENGINE START/STOP formore than five seconds will place thevehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Mode. Press ENGINE START/STOP again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in the propergear, P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restartthe engine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral).



Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could change theway the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. SeeAdd-On Electrical Equipment 0 237.

To start the vehicle:

1. With the Keyless Access system,the remote key must be in thevehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedalapplied. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the button.The idle speed will go down as

the engine warms up. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the remote key is not in thevehicle, if there is interference,or if the remote key battery islow, a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) message will display.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by pressingENGINE START/STOP immediatelyafter cranking has ended, canoverheat and damage the crankingmotor, and drain the battery. Waitat least 15 seconds between eachtry, to let the cranking motorcool down.

2. If the engine does not start afterfive to 10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below −18 °Cor 0 °F), it could be flooded withtoo much gasoline. Try pushingthe accelerator pedal all the way

to the floor and hold it there,then press ENGINE START/STOPfor up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try, toallow the cranking motor to cooldown. When the engine starts,let go of the button and theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, dothe same thing. This clears theextra gasoline from the engine.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start SystemThis vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. It has componentsdesigned for the increased number ofstarts.



{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle may restartand move unexpectedly. Alwaysshift to P (Park), and then turn theignition off before exiting thevehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied and thevehicle is at a complete stop, theengine may turn off. When stopped,the tachometer displays AUTO STOP.See Tachometer 0 103. When the brakepedal is released or the acceleratorpedal is pressed, the engine willrestart.

To maintain vehicle performance,other conditions may cause the engineto automatically restart before thebrake pedal is released.

Auto Stops may not occur and/or AutoStarts may occur because:

. The climate control settingsrequire the engine to be runningto cool or heat the vehicle interior.

. The vehicle battery charge is low.

. The vehicle battery has recentlybeen disconnected.

. Minimum vehicle speed has notbeen reached since the lastAuto Stop.

. The accelerator pedal is pressed.

. The engine or transmission is notat the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is not inthe required operating range.

. The vehicle is shifted out of D(Drive) to any gear other thanP (Park).

. Tow/Haul Mode or other drivermodes have been selected.

. The vehicle is on a steep hill orgrade.

. The driver door has been openedor the driver seat belt has beenunbuckled.

. The hood has been opened.

. The Auto Stop has reached themaximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable Switch

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature can be disabled and enabledby pressing the switch with thehsymbol. Auto Stop is enabled eachtime you start the vehicle.

Whenh is illuminated, the system isenabled.



Engine HeaterVehicles with the engine heater canuse this option in cold weatherconditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F) foreasier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up. Plugin the engine heater at least fourhours before starting your vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug-end ofthe cord may exist which will preventengine heater operation attemperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, do notuse it. See your dealer for areplacement. Inspect the cord fordamage yearly.

2. Plug the heater cord into theconnector in the front licenseplate bracket.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cord oran extension cord can damage thecord and may result in overheatingand fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protected by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause an electricshock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extension cordin good operating condition,or using a damaged heater orextension cord, could make itoverheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heater cordand thermostat damage couldoccur.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattach thecover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord. Keepthe cord away from anymoving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store the cordas it was before to keep it awayfrom moving engine parts. If youdo not, it could be damaged.

Contact your dealer for informationon how long to use the heater in yourparticular area.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)When the ignition is turned from onto off, the following features (ifequipped) will continue to functionfor up to 10 minutes, or until thedriver door is opened. These featureswill also work when the ignition is inRUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:

. Infotainment System

. Power Windows (during RAP thisfunctionality will be lost when anydoor is opened).

. Sunroof (during RAP thisfunctionality will be lost when anydoor is opened).

. Auxiliary Power Outlet.

. Audio System.

. OnStar System.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. See ElectricParking Brake 0 181.

2. Press the button on top of theshift lever to shift into P (Park).See Automatic Transmission0 174.

3. The P indicator on the shift leverwill turn red when the vehicle isin P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the vehicle is not inP (Park) with the parking brake set.The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andshift to P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 169. If you are towing atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 231.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and the parkingbrake is set before you leave it.

If you are towing a trailer and parkingon a hill, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 231.

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic transmission. The shift lockrelease button is designed to prevent

inadvertent shifting out of P (Park)unless the ignition is on, the brakepedal is applied, and the shift lockrelease button is pressed.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 293.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Ensure the engine is running.

2. Apply the brake pedal.

3. Press the shift lock releasebutton.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

5. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator on theshift lever will turn red when thevehicle is no longer in P (Park).

6. After releasing the shift lever, itwill return to the center position.

If the vehicle cannot be shifted fromP (Park), a Driver Information Center(DIC) message, such as CONDITIONSNOT CORRECT FOR SHIFT, will bedisplayed. Ensure the ignition is on,the engine is running, and the brakepedal is applied. If the vehicle still willnot shift out of P (Park), see yourdealer for service.

Manual Park Release

{ Warning

The transmission will be placed inN (Neutral) when the manual parkrelease is pulled. The vehicle canroll and you or others could beinjured. Ensure the vehicle is onlevel ground.

Caution

The manual park release is notintended to be used for towing.Damage may result from using the

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

manual park release in this way.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

This vehicle includes a manual parkrelease that can be used to shift thevehicle into N (Neutral) when theengine is not running.

Pulling the manual park release whilethe vehicle is on or turning theignition on while the manual parkrelease is pulled, will cause a DICmessage to display.

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)using the manual park release:

1. Ensure the vehicle is on levelground and set the parkingbrake. Release the brake pedal.


3. Use a flat-bladed tool to removethe interior trim panel.

4. Ensure more than one minutehas passed since Step 2. Applythe brake pedal.

5. Pull the manual park releaselever 90° to the latched position.

6. With the brake pedal released,place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY. Then apply thebrake pedal and release theparking brake.

7. Ensure there are no loose objectsin the area that could bump themanual park release lever.

To return the vehicle to P (Park) usingthe manual park release:

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.



2. Turn the manual park releaselever 90° back to its originalposition.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Confirm that the vehicle is inP (Park) by turning the ignitionon or by placing the vehicle inACC/ACCESSORY, then ensurethat the indicator displays P.

5. Reinstall the interior trim panel.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under the vehicleand ignite. Do not park over papers,leaves, dry grass, or other thingsthat can burn.

Active Fuel ManagementThe vehicle’s engine may be equippedwith Active Fuel Management, whichallows the engine to operate on eitherall of its cylinders, or in reducedcylinder operation, depending on thedriving conditions.

When less power is required, such ascruising at a constant vehicle speed,the system will operate in reducedoperation mode, allowing the vehicleto achieve better fuel economy. Whengreater power demands are required,such as accelerating from a stop,passing, or merging onto a highway,the system will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

If the vehicle has an Active FuelManagement indicator, see DriverInformation Center (DIC) for moreinformation on using this display.

Extended ParkingThe vehicle should not be left runningwhile parked. If the vehicle is leftrunning, be sure it will not move andthere is adequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 169 andEngine Exhaust 0 173.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the remote key outsidethe vehicle, it will continue to run forup to half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the remote key insidethe vehicle, it will continue to run forup to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areas withpoor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells or soundsstrange or different.

. The exhaust system leaks dueto corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damaged,or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or ifit is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosed areasuch as a garage or a building thathas no fresh air ventilation.

Running the Vehicle WhileParkedThe vehicle should not be left runningwhile parked.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move. SeeShifting Into Park 0 169 andEngine Exhaust 0 173.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 231.



Automatic Transmission

The shift pattern is displayed in thetop of the shift lever. The selectedgear position will illuminate red onthe shift lever, while all others will bedisplayed in white. If the shift is notimmediate, as in very cold conditions,the indicator on the shift lever mayflash until it is fully engaged.

The shift lever always starts from acenter position, represented by an up/down arrow on the shift pattern. Afterreleasing the shift lever, it will returnto the center position.

The transmission does not operatewhen the vehicle is off.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY,the transmission can be shifted intoP (Park).

If the vehicle is turned off while at arelatively high vehicle speed, thetransmission will automatically shiftto N (Neutral). Once the vehicle isstopped, P (Park) is automaticallyselected.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when starting theengine because the vehicle cannotmove easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the transmission is not inP (Park) with the parking brake set.The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If the enginehas been left running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenon fairly level ground, always setthe parking brake and place thetransmission into P (Park). SeeShifting Into Park 0 169 andElectric Parking Brake 0 181.



This vehicle is equipped with anelectronically controlled transmission.The shift lock release button isdesigned to prevent inadvertentshifting out of P (Park) unless theignition is on, the brake pedal isapplied, and the shift lock releasebutton is pressed.

When the vehicle is stopped, pressENGINE START/STOP to turn off thevehicle. The transmission will shift toP (Park) automatically unless thevehicle is in N (Neutral), See “CarWash Mode” following.

The vehicle will not shift into P (Park)if it is moving too fast. Stop thevehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park 0 169 andShifting out of Park 0 170.

Service Shift Lever Message

If the message SERVICE SHIFTER SEEOWNER’S MANUAL appears in theDriver Information Center (DIC), theshift lever needs service. Have thevehicle serviced as soon as possible.If the vehicle is automatically shiftinginto P (Park), check to see if theP (Park) button on top of the shiftlever is stuck. To operate the vehicle,hold the shift lever in the desired gear,R (Reverse) or D (Drive), until vehiclespeed exceeds 15 km/h (10 mph), thenrelease the shift lever.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive) or M (ManualMode), or M (Manual Mode) orD (Drive) to R (Reverse) while thespeed is too high, the vehicle will shiftto N (Neutral). Reduce the vehiclespeed and try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):


2. Press and hold shift lock releasebutton on the side of the shiftlever.

3. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward throughthe first detent to the end oftravel. R is illuminated in red.


To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) canbe used to rock the vehicle back andforth to get out of snow, ice, or sandwithout damaging the transmission.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 159.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicle isalready moving, use N (Neutral) only.



{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shift intoa drive gear while the engine isrunning at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the engine runningat high speed may damage thetransmission. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.Be sure the engine is not running athigh speed when shifting thevehicle.

The vehicle is not designed to stay inN (Neutral) for more thanfive minutes. It may automaticallyshift into P (Park). N (Neutral) is not

intended for towing. If the vehicleneeds to be towed, see Towing theVehicle 0 296.

To shift into N (Neutral):

1. Move the shift lever forward tothe first detent from the centerposition.

. If the vehicle is in P (Park),apply the brake pedal andpress the shift lock releasebutton while moving the shiftlever forward.

. N will illuminate in red.


To shift out of N (Neutral):


2. Shift to the desired gear.If shifting from N (Neutral) toR (Reverse), press the shift lockrelease button.


Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car WashMode that allows the vehicle toremain in N (Neutral) for use inautomatic car washes.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driverin Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleoccupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of thecar wash.


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continue toshow N. If it does not, repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready for thecar wash.



Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driverout of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine off and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.


5. Turn off the engine and releasethe brake pedal.


7. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

8. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) when the door isopened.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driverin Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleoccupied:




4. Release the brake pedal. Thevehicle is now ready for thecar wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driverout of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the engine on and the vehicleunoccupied:



3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral), then releasethe brake pedal.


6. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

7. The vehicle may automaticallyshift to P (Park) when the door isopened.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normal driving.If more power is needed for passing,press the accelerator pedal down.



A clicking noise or a detent may befelt when pressing the acceleratorpedal all the way to the end of travel.This is normal.

To shift into D (Drive):


2. From the center position, movethe shift lever back.

. If the vehicle is in P (Park),press the shift lock releasebutton while pulling the shiftlever back.

. D will illuminate in red.

. After releasing the shift lever,it will return to the centerposition.

To shift out of D (Drive):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” under Lossof Control 0 152.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding thevehicle in one place on a hill usingonly the accelerator pedal maydamage the transmission. Therepair will not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If the vehicle isstuck, do not spin the tires. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakes tohold the vehicle in place.

If equipped with the 2.0L L4 engine,engine speeds may be increased whiledriving at highway speeds while theengine is still warming up.

Manual Mode

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage the vehicle.Always upshift when necessarywhile using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift have controlson the back of the steering wheel tomanually shift the automatictransmission.



Permanent Tap Shift Mode

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the vehicle in D (Drive),pull back on the shift lever toactivate M (Manual Mode). TheM in the shift pattern willilluminate in red, and the D willswitch to white.


3. Press the controls on the back ofthe steering wheel to shift. Usethe left steering wheel control todownshift, and the right controlto upshift. To shift to the lowestavailable gear, press and hold theleft control.

To exit Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. To exit M (Manual Mode) andreturn to D (Drive), pull back onthe shift lever. The D in the shiftpattern will illuminate in red,and the M will switch to white.


M (Manual Mode) can be exited toreturn to D (Drive) at any speed bypulling the lever rearward from thecenter position. It is not necessary tostop the vehicle or shift to N (Neutral)or P (Park) prior to shifting back toD (Drive).

Temporary Tap Manual Shift Mode

To enter Temporary Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the transmission inD (Drive) and not in PermanentTap Shift Mode, the Tap Shiftcontrols will activate atemporary tap manual shiftmode, allowing the transmissionto be manually shifted.

2. To shift to the lowest availablegear, press and hold the leftcontrol.

3. To deactivate, hold the rightcontrol briefly. Automatic shiftsreturn after no manual shiftshave been done for seven to10 seconds.

While using Tap Shift, the vehicle willhave firmer, quicker shifting. This canbe used for sport driving or whenclimbing or descending hills, to stay ingear longer, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allowshifting into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and engine revolutionsper minute (rpm). If shifting isprevented for any reason, a SHIFTDENIED message will be displayed inthe instrument cluster. Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next higher gear if theengine rpm is too high. It will onlyautomatically shift to the next lowergear if the engine rpm is muchtoo low.



Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature always sendengine power to all four wheels. It isfully automatic, and adjusts itself asneeded for road conditions.

Brakes

Electric Brake BoostVehicles equipped with electric brakeboost have hydraulic brake circuitsthat are electronically controlled whenthe brake pedal is applied duringnormal operation. The systemperforms routine tests and turns offwithin a few minutes after the vehicleis turned off. Noise may be heardduring this time. If the brake pedal ispressed during the tests or when theelectric brake boost system is off, anoticeable change in pedal force andtravel may be felt. This is normal.

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent a braking skid andmaintain steering while braking hard.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 110.

ABS does not change the time neededto get a foot on the brake pedal anddoes not always decrease stoppingdistance. If you get too close to thevehicle ahead, there will not beenough time to apply the brakes ifthat vehicle suddenly slows or stops.Always leave enough room ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold thebrake pedal down firmly. Hearing andfeeling ABS operate is normal.



Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking at thesame time. In many emergencies,steering can help even more thanbraking.

Electric Parking Brake

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) canalways be applied, even if the vehicleis off. In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be applied orreleased. To prevent draining thebattery, avoid unnecessary repeatedcycles of the EPB.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber serviceparking brake warning light. SeeElectric Parking Brake Light 0 109 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 109. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages.

Before leaving the vehicle, check thered parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status light willflash and then stay on once the EPB isfully applied. If the red parking brakestatus light flashes continuously, thenthe EPB is only partially applied orthere is a problem with the EPB.A DIC message will display. Releasethe EPB and try to apply it again.If the light does not come on, or keeps

flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Donot drive the vehicle if the red parkingbrake status light is flashing. See yourdealer.

If the amber service parking brakewarning light is on, press the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil the red parking brake status lightremains on. If the amber serviceparking brake warning light is on, seeyour dealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicleis moving, the vehicle will decelerateas long as the switch is pressed. If theswitch is pressed until the vehiclecomes to a stop, the EPB will remainapplied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations when thevehicle is not moving. This is normal,and is done to periodically check thecorrect operation of the EPB system,or at the request of other safetyfunctions that utilize the EPB.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rearwheels to prevent vehicle movement.



EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber service parking brakewarning light is on, release the EPB bypressing and holding the EPB switch.Continue to hold the switch until thered parking brake status light is off.If either light stays on after release isattempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake system andcause premature wear or damage tobrake system parts. Make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the brake warning light is offbefore driving.

If you are towing a trailer and parkingon a hill, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 231.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made to driveaway. Avoid rapid acceleration whenthe EPB is applied, to preserve parkingbrake lining life.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brake pedalapplications due to emergency brakingsituations and provides additionalbraking to activate the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) if the brake pedal is notpushed hard enough to activate ABSnormally. Minor noise, brake pedalpulsation, and/or pedal movementduring this time may occur. Continueto apply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. Brake Assistdisengages when the brake pedal isreleased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely. Youmay not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. See DefensiveDriving 0 150.

When the vehicle is stopped on agrade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)temporarily prevents the vehicle fromrolling in an unintended directionduring the transition from brake pedalrelease to accelerator pedal apply. Thebrakes release when the acceleratorpedal is applied or automaticallyrelease after a few seconds. The brakesmay also release under otherconditions. Do not rely on HSA tohold the vehicle.



HSA is available when the vehicle isfacing uphill in a forward gear,or when facing downhill inR (Reverse). The vehicle must come toa complete stop on a grade for HSA toactivate.

Automatic VehicleHold (AVH)

{ Warning

Do not rely on this feature. It doesnot replace the need to payattention and drive safely. You maynot hear or feel alerts or warningsprovided by this system. Failure touse proper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

When Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH)is turned on and the vehicle is brakedto a stop, AVH prevents the vehiclefrom moving during the transitionfrom brake pedal release to acceleratorpedal apply. The brakes release whenthe accelerator pedal is applied. Thebrakes may also release under otherconditions. Do not rely on AVH tohold the vehicle.

If the accelerator pedal is not appliedwithin a few minutes, the ElectricParking Brake will apply. The parkingbrake will also apply if the driver dooris opened or the driver seat belt isunfastened while AVH is holding thevehicle.

AVH can be turned on by pressingAUTO HOLD. The indicator light onthe switch will come on. The AVHlight on the instrument panel willcome on while AVH is actively holdingthe vehicle. See Automatic Vehicle Hold(AVH) Light 0 110.



Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/ElectronicStability ControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC).These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any ofthe drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system brakes thespinning wheel(s) and/or reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thecomputer senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure at any one of thevehicle's brakes to help steer thevehicle in the intended direction.

If cruise control is being used and TCSor StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limitwheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when road conditionsallow.

Both systems come on automaticallywhen the vehicle is started and beginsto move. The systems may be heard orfelt while they are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. This isnormal and does not mean there is aproblem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessary toturn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuckin sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 159 and “Turningthe Systems Off and On” later in thissection.

The indicator light for both systems isin the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message may display in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on to indicatethat the system is inactive and is notassisting the driver in maintainingcontrol. The vehicle is safe to drive,but driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.



Drive the vehicle. if d comes on andstays on, the vehicle may need moretime to diagnose the problem. If thecondition persists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS is off.The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.A DIC message may display.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turn offuntil the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g come on and stay onin the instrument cluster. A DICmessage may display.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle's performance. See Accessoriesand Modifications 0 240.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control (DMC) adds asportier feel, provides a morecomfortable ride, or assists in differentweather conditions or terrains. Thissystem simultaneously changes thesoftware settings of varioussub-systems to optimize drivingperformance. Depending on the optionpackage, available features, and modeselection; the Exhaust, Suspension,Transfer-Case, Steering, Brakes andPowertrain will change settings toachieve the desired modecharacteristics. If the vehicle isequipped with Magnetic Ride Control,selecting the various Driver Modesadjusts the ride of the vehicle toenhance the ride performance for theroad conditions and theselected mode.



Driver Mode Control has multiplemodes: My Mode, Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice, Track and V-Mode. The TrackMode and V-Mode are for V-Seriesmodels only. Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice,and Track are four modes that havepreset vehicle settings for use indifferent driving conditions. Forfurther detail see “Mode Description”.

My Mode and V-Mode are two modeswhich can be customized by thedriver. In these two modes, vehiclesettings are configured to enhanceand personalize the drivingexperience. See “Drive ModeCustomization” for further details onavailable customizations.

Mode Activation

Driver Mode Control Switch

To activate My Mode, Tour, Sport,Snow/Ice, and Track Mode, press (uparrow) or (down arrow) on the MODEswitch on the center console to makea mode selection. Every press willscroll to the next available mode.When a mode is selected, a uniqueand persistent indicator will bedisplayed in the driver informationcenter (DIC).

V-Mode Button

To activate V-Mode, press the V-Modebutton on the steering wheel. Todeactivate, the driver can either selecta different mode through the DMCswitch or press the V-Mode button onthe steering wheel. When V-Mode isdeactivated through the V-Modebutton, DMC is always set back toTour Mode.



Mode Description

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth, soft ride.This setting provides a balancedsetting between comfort and handling.This is the standard mode. For furtherdetails on Tour Mode see “DriverMode Selector Attributes Affected”.When Tour Mode is selected, noindicator will display.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions or personalpreference demand a more controlledresponse.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display.

In this mode, the vehicle monitorsdriving behaviors and automaticallyenables Performance Shift Featureswhen spirited driving is detected.These features maintain lower

transmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking and improveacceleration response. The vehicle willexit this feature and return to normaloperation after a short period when nospirited driving is detected. Thesteering will change to provide moreprecise control. If the vehicle hasMagnetic Ride Control, the suspensionwill change to provide bettercornering performance. CompetitiveDriving Mode (Only available on FE3suspensions) can be accessed throughthis mode. See Competitive DrivingMode 0 191.

For further details on Sport Mode, see“Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected”.

Snow/Ice Mode

Snow/Ice Mode is used for slipperysurfaces to help control wheel speed.This can compromise the accelerationon dry asphalt.

Snow/Ice Mode will use a differentaccelerator pedal map to optimizetraction on a slippery surface. Theaccelerator pedal will reduce enginetorque at small pedal inputs.

When selected, the Snow/Ice Modeindicator will display.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 159.

For further details on Snow/Ice Modesee “Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected”.

Track Mode (V-Series Only)

Use when maximum vehicle handlingis desired. For use when driving on aclosed race course or drag strip.

When selected, the Track Modeindicator will display.



When in Track Mode, the automatictransmission and steering willfunction similar to Sport Mode. Theaccelerator pedal is adjusted to givemaximum control during the highestlevel of spirited driving. The MagneticRide Control will be set to theoptimum level for vehicleresponsiveness. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) can be accessedthrough this mode. See “PerformanceTraction Management” in CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 191.

For further details on Track Mode, see“Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected”.

My Mode

My Mode is used to personalizeeveryday driving. This mode isdesigned to allow the driver toconfigure vehicle sub-systems to theirown preference for city or normaldriving.

Through the center display, thefollowing vehicle sub-systems may beavailable for customization inthis mode.

. Engine Sound: Stealth, Tour(Default), Sport, Track

. Steering: Tour (default), Sport,Track

. Suspension: Tour (default), Sport,Track

. Brake Response: Tour (default),Sport

For information on the range ofsettings, see “Driver ModeCustomization”.

V-Mode (V-Series Only)

V-Mode is used to personalizedynamic driving. This mode isdesigned to allow the driver toconfigure vehicle sub-systems to theirown preference for maximum

handling. V-Mode further enhancesthe drivers experience by adding apowertrain customization. Throughthe center display, the followingvehicle sub-systems may be availablefor customization in this mode.

. Engine Sound: Stealth, Tour, Sport(default), Track

. Steering: Tour, Sport (default),Track

. Suspension: Tour, Sport, (default),Track

. Powertrain: Tour, Sport, (default),Track, Snow/Ice

. Brake Response: Tour, Sport(default)

For information on the range ofsettings, see “Driver ModeCustomization”.



Driver Mode Selector Attributes Affected

Modes: TOURDefault

SPORT TRACK SNOW/ICE

Powertrain Tour Sport Track Snow/Ice

Throttle Progression Tour Tour Track Snow/Ice

Transmission Shift Mode Tour Sport Track Snow/Ice

Engine Sound Tour Sport Track Tour

Steering Tour Sport Track Tour

Suspension (if equipped with Magnetic Ride) Tour Sport Track Tour

Traction and Stability Control Tour Sport ESC Track Tour

Competitive Driving Mode (if equipped) Not Available Available Not Available Not Available

Performance Traction Mode (if equipped) Not Available Not Available Available Not Available

Brake Response Tour Sport Sport Tour

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quick or slow thethrottle reacts to input.

. Snow/Ice - The accelerator pedalwill reduce engine torque at smallpedal inputs. This allows betterwheel control on slippery surfaces.

. Track - The accelerator pedal isadjusted to give maximum controlduring the highest level of spiriteddriving.

Transmission Shift Mode

Sport or Track – DynamicPerformance Mode (DPM) allows thetransmission to hold the current gear

after a quick release of a heavilyapplied accelerator pedal. Thisprovides greater engine braking andenhanced vehicle control withoutusing the paddles. DPM recognizesaggressive cornering, heavy braking,and high acceleration to select and



hold lower gears when not usingpaddles. The shifts are also firmer toincrease the quickness of shifting.

Engine Sound

Adjust the volume of engine noise.

Changes when the variable exhaustvalves open.

Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feel inTour Mode to reduced assist in Sportand Track Mode for moresteering feel.

Magnetic Ride Control (If Equipped)

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness from a comfort tune in TourMode to an optimized responsivenesstune in Sport and Track.

Stability Control

. Competitive Mode allows lesscomputer control to permit someslide and drift and is selected withthe button – only available inSport Mode.

. StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) can be turned off bypressing and holding the buttonfor five seconds.

Brake Response

Adjusts brake pedal sensitivity byselecting how quick or slow the brakesreply to input.

Driver Mode Customization

The vehicle is equipped to modifyfollowing vehicle settings based onvehicle content. Through thecenter-stack, see “Driving Mode” underVehicle Personalization 0 123 tocustomize and personalize My Modeand/or V-Mode.

Engine Sound

Engine sound adjusts the volume ofengine noise. Setting ranges fromquietest to loudest volume as youmove from stealth through Track.

–Stealth, Tour, Sport, Track

Steering

This setting adjusts the effort requiredto turn the steering wheel. Thesteering wheel offers better feedbackbut requires more effort as you movefrom Tour to Track.

–Tour, Sport, Track

Suspension

This setting adjusts the firmness ofthe suspension in the vehicle.Suspension adjust stiffness of theshocks and / or springs. The ride ismore comfortable at lower settingsand is stiffer at higher settings forbetter control.

–Tour, Sport, Track



Powertrain

This setting adjusts the throttleresponse, gear shifting and engineperformance. An increased throttleresponse enhances the accelerationfeel as you move towards track, butwith a comfort trade-off due to moreaggressive gear shifting.

–Tour, Sport, Track, Snow/Ice

Brake Response

This setting adjusts the brake pedalresponse. Settings range from a slowerresponse for more comfortable drivingto the quickest response for quickerdeceleration. Brake pedal traveldecreases and caliper pressureincreases as you move from Tour toSport.

–Tour, Sport

Competitive Driving ModeTo select this optional handling mode,press g quickly two times and the DICwill display COMPETITIVE MODE ON.While in the Competitive DrivingMode, the traction off light i andStabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g will comeon in the instrument cluster. TCS doesnot limit wheel spin, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (eLSD) allowsincreased vehicle agility, and moreeffort is required to turn the steeringwheel. See “Limited-Slip Differential(V-Series Only)” later in this section.Adjust your driving accordingly.

Press g again, or turn the ignition toACC/ACCESSORY and restart thevehicle, to turn TCS back on. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g will go out in theinstrument cluster.

Caution

When traction control is turned off,or Competitive Driving Mode isactive, it is possible to lose traction.

Performance TractionManagement (PTM) (if equipped)

PTM integrates the TCS, StabiliTrak/ESC, and Magnetic Ride Controlsystems to provide improved andconsistent performance whencornering. The amount of availableengine power is based on the modeselected, track conditions, driver skill,and the radius of each corner.

This light is on when the vehicle is inthe PTM Mode. To select this optionalhandling mode, the vehicle modemust be in Track. Then quickly press



g on the center console two times.PERF TRAC 1 — WET ACTIVEHANDLING ON displays in the DIC.

To experience the performance benefitof this system, after entering a curveand at the point where normalacceleration occurs, fully press theaccelerator pedal. The PTM systemwill modify the level of engine powerfor a smooth and consistentcorner exit.

The PTM system contains five modes.These modes are selected by pressingthe MODE switch on the centerconsole. Scroll through mode 1–5 bypressing the MODE switch.

The following is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

PTM 1 – WET

. Intended for all driver skill levels.

. Wet or damp conditions only —not intended for use in heavy rainor standing water.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and enginepower is reduced based onconditions.

PTM 2 – DRY

. For use by less experienced driversor while learning a new track.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and enginepower is slightly reduced.

PTM 3 – SPORT 1

. For use by drivers who are familiarwith the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.

PTM 4 – SPORT 2

. For use by drivers who are familiarwith the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is off and availableengine power is the same asmode 3.

PTM 5 – RACE

. For use by experienced driverswho are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill than inother modes.

. StabiliTrak/ESC is off and enginepower is available for maximumcornering speed.

Press and releaseg to turn off PTMand return to the TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC systems. The traction off light iand StabiliTrak Off light i willgo out.



Limited-Slip DifferentialIf equipped, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (eLSD) isautomatically activated. eLSD activelymonitors vehicle sensors and driverinputs to determine the amount ofchange for the conditions. With eLSD,the vehicle has:

. Enhanced high-speed control.

. Improved traction throughcorners, allowing moreacceleration.

. More precise steering.

. Increased vehicle agility.

. Integration with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC).

For vehicles with eLSD, driven undersevere conditions, the rear axle fluidshould be changed. See CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 191 andMaintenance Schedule 0 309.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely at asteady speed. Do not use cruisecontrol on winding roads or inheavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous onslippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges in tire traction can causeexcessive wheel slip, and you couldlose control. Do not use cruisecontrol on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed of about40 km/h (25 mph) or more can bemaintained without keeping your footon the accelerator. Cruise control doesnot work at speeds below about40 km/h (25 mph).

If the Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system begins to limit wheel spinwhile using cruise control, the cruise

control automatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 184. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control is disengaged.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 214. When road conditionsallow cruise control to be safely used,it can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if eitherTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.



J : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or press and hold toaccelerate. If the cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehiclespeed. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET− : Press briefly to set the speedand activate cruise control. If thecruise control is already active, use todecrease vehicle speed. To decreasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−to the first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− to thesecond detent.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed frommemory.

Setting Cruise Control

IfJ is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get pressed and go intocruise when not desired. KeepJ offwhen cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−. Thedesired set speed briefly appearsin the instrument cluster.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has been setto the desired speed, a green cruisecontrol indicator appears on theinstrument cluster and a cruise setspeed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD), if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at a desiredspeed and then the brakes are appliedor * is pressed, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+briefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallincrements, briefly press RES+ tothe first detent. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph)faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, briefly press RES+ tothe second detent. For each press,the vehicle speed increases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 100.The increment value used depends onthe units displayed.



Reducing Speed While Using CruiseControl

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down.


Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increasethe vehicle speed. When you take yourfoot off the pedal, the vehicle will slowdown to the previous set cruise speed.

While pressing the accelerator pedalor shortly following the release tooverride cruise, briefly applying SET−will result in cruise set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness of thehills. When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on the acceleratorpedal to maintain your speed. Whengoing downhill, the cruise controlsystem may automatically brake toslow the vehicle down. Also, you mayhave to brake or shift to a lower gearto keep your speed down. If the brakepedal is applied, cruise controldisengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press *.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erasedfrom memory ifJ is pressed or if theignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) allows the cruise control setspeed and following gap to beselected. Read this entire sectionbefore using this system. Thefollowing gap is the following timebetween your vehicle and a vehicledetected directly ahead in your path,moving in the same direction. If novehicle is detected in your path, ACC



works like regular cruise control. ACCuses camera and radar sensors. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 335.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can speed up the vehicle or applylimited, moderate braking to maintainthe selected following gap. Todisengage ACC, apply the brake. If theTraction Control System (TCS) orStabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system activates while ACC isengaged, ACC may automaticallydisengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 184. Whenroad conditions allow ACC to be safelyused, ACC can be turned back on. ACCwill not engage if the TCS orStabiliTrak/ESC electronic stabilitycontrol system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking ability andmay not have time to slow thevehicle down enough to avoid acollision with another vehicle youare following. This can occur whenvehicles suddenly slow or stop

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ahead, or enter your lane. Also see“Alerting the Driver” in this section.Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 150.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads orwhen the sensors are blockedby snow, ice, or dirt. Thesystem may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep the entirefront of the vehicle clean.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snow conditions.ACC performance is limitedunder these conditions.

. On slippery roads where fastchanges in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip.

J : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.



RES+ : Press briefly to resume theprevious set speed or to increasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyengaged. To increase speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press RES+ to the first detent.To increase speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press RES+ to the second detent.

SET– : Press briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyengaged. To decrease speed by 1 km/h(1 mph), press SET− to the first detent.To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press SET− to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage ACC withouterasing the selected set speed.

[ : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.


Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control

To switch between ACC and regularcruise control, press and hold *.A Driver Information Display (DIC)message displays. See Vehicle Messages0 122.

ACC Indicator Regular CruiseControl Indicator

When ACC is engaged, a green oindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster. When the regular cruisecontrol is engaged, a greenJindicator will be lit on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is turned on, thecruise control mode will be set to thelast mode used before the vehicle wasturned off.

{ Warning

Always check the cruise controlindicator on the instrument clusterto determine which mode cruisecontrol is in before using thefeature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automatically brakefor other vehicles, which couldcause an accident if the brakes arenot applied manually. You andothers could be seriously injured orkilled.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

Ifo is on when not in use, SET-/RES+ could be pressed by mistake andactivate ACC when not desired. Keepo off when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for ACC.This is the vehicle speed when novehicle is detected in its path.

While the vehicle is moving, ACC willnot set at a speed less than 25 km/h(15 mph), although it can be resumedwhen driving at lower speeds.



To set ACC while moving:

1. Press[.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle ahead isdetected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

ACC can also be set while the vehicleis stopped if ACC is on and the brakepedal is applied.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD), if equipped. When ACCis turned on, the indicator will be litwhite. When ACC is engaged, theindicator will turn green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selecting theset speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If ACC is set at a desired speed andthen the brakes are applied, ACC isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+up briefly while moving more than5 kph (5 mph). The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

If the vehicle is stopped with thebrake pedal applied, press RES+ andrelease the brake pedal. ACC will holdthe vehicle until RES+ or theaccelerator pedal is pressed.

A green ACC indicator and the setspeed display on the instrumentcluster. The vehicle ahead indicatormay be flashing if a vehicle ahead waspresent and moved. See “Approachingand Following a Vehicle” later in thissection.

Once ACC has resumed, if there is novehicle ahead, if the vehicle ahead isbeyond the selected following gap,or if the vehicle has exited a sharpcurve, then the vehicle speed willincrease to the set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one ofthe following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– . Releasethe control and the acceleratorpedal. The vehicle will now cruiseat the higher speed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden. The ACCindicator will turn blue on theinstrument panel and heads updisplay, if equipped

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired set speed is displayed,then release it.

. To increase speed in smallerincrements, press RES+ to the firstdetent. For each press, the vehiclegoes 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase speed in largerincrements, press RES+ to thesecond detent. For each press, thevehicle speed increases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.



The set speed can also be increasedwhile the vehicle is stopped.

. If stopped with the brake applied,press RES+ until the desired setspeed is displayed.

. Pressing RES+ when there is nolonger a vehicle ahead or thevehicle ahead is pulling away andthe brake is not applied will causethe ACC to resume.

When it is determined there is novehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead isbeyond the selected followinggap,,then the vehicle speed willincrease to the set speed.


Reducing Speed While ACC Is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one ofthe following:

. Use the brake to get to the desiredlower speed. Release the brake andpress SET−. The vehicle will nowcruise at the lower speed.

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is displayed,then release it.

. To decrease speed in smallerincrements, press SET− to the firstdetent. For each press, the vehiclegoes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease speed in largerincrements, press or hold SET− tothe second detent. For each press,the vehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer. While holding SET−,the vehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) step, thencontinues to decrease by 5 km/h(5 mph) at a time.

The set speed can also bedecreased while the vehicle isstopped.

. To decrease speed while thevehicle is stopped, press SET−until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap.

When pressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster. Subsequent presses cycle thegap button through three settings: Far,Medium, or Near. The gap setting willbe maintained until it is changed.

Since each gap setting corresponds toa following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow a vehicledetected ahead. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting the



following gap. The range of selectablegaps may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alert timingsensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) forthe Forward Collision Alert (FCA)feature. See Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System 0 214.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver action maybe required when ACC cannot applysufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, thecollision alert symbol on the HUD willflash on the windshield. Either eightbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat

will pulse five times. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

See Defensive Driving 0 150.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display,if equipped.

The vehicle ahead indicator onlydisplays when a vehicle is detected inyour vehicle’s path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow a detected vehicle ahead at theselected follow gap. The vehicle speedincreases or decreases to follow a

detected vehicle in front of yourvehicle when that vehicle is travelingslower than your vehicle set speed.It may apply limited braking,if necessary. When braking is active,the brake lamps will come on. Theautomatic braking may feel or sounddifferent than if the brakes wereapplied manually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for a vehicleit has never detected moving. Thiscan occur in stop-and-go traffic orwhen a vehicle suddenly appearsdue to a vehicle ahead changinglanes. Your vehicle may not stopand could cause a crash. Usecaution when using ACC. Yourcomplete attention is always

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

required while driving and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengage andyou will need to manually apply thebrakes to slow the vehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System (TCS)or StabiliTrak/ESC system hasactivated or been disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar falsely reports blockagewhen driving in a desert or remotearea with no other vehicles orroadside objects. A DIC messagemay display to indicate that ACCis temporarily unavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn whitewhen ACC is no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC will notactivate, regular Cruise Control maybe used. See “Switching Between ACC

and Regular Cruise Control” previouslyin this section. Always considerdriving conditions before using eithercruise control system.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gap behinda detected vehicle and slow yourvehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle ahead indicatorwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic ahead before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound. See“Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise GoNotifier” in “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 123.

When the vehicle ahead drives away,press RES+ or the accelerator pedal toresume ACC. If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver seat belt isunbuckled, ACC automatically appliesthe Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to

hold the vehicle. The Electric ParkingBrake light will turn on. See ElectricParking Brake 0 181.

A DIC warning message may displayindicating to shift to P (Park) beforeexiting the vehicle.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle, andif ACC is disengaged, turned off,or canceled, the vehicle will nolonger be held at a stop. The vehiclecan move. When ACC is holding thevehicle at a stop, always beprepared to manually apply thebrakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle without placingit in P (Park) can be dangerous. Donot leave the vehicle while it isbeing held at a stop by ACC. Alwaysplace the vehicle in P (Park) andturn off the ignition before leavingthe vehicle.



ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, the ACC indicator turnsblue on the instrument cluster and inthe HUD (if equipped) to indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following a vehicleexiting or entering exit ramps. You

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could lose control of the vehicle orcrash. Do not use ACC while drivingon an entrance or exit ramp. Alwaysbe ready to use the brakes ifnecessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond to avehicle in another lane, or may nothave time to react to a vehicle inyour lane. You could crash into avehicle ahead of you, or lose controlof your vehicle. Give extra attentionin curves and be ready to use thebrakes if necessary. Select anappropriate speed while driving incurves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce the vehiclespeed if the curve is too sharp.

If equipped, the curve speed controlindicatorb may illuminate greenwhen ACC is actively controlling thevehicle speed and detects a sharpcurve on the road ahead.

When following a vehicle and enteringa curve, ACC may not detect thevehicle ahead and accelerate to the setspeed. When this happens, the vehicleahead indicator will not appear.



ACC may detect a vehicle that is notin your lane and apply the brakes.

ACC may occasionally provide an alertand/or braking that is consideredunnecessary. It could respond tovehicles in different lanes, signs,guardrails, and other stationaryobjects when entering or exiting acurve. This is normal operation. Thevehicle does not need service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.

Objects Not Directly in Front of YourVehicle

The detection of objects in front ofthe vehicle may not be possible if:

. The vehicle or object ahead is notwithin your lane.

. The vehicle ahead is shifted, notcentered, or is shifted to one sideof the lane.

Driving in Narrow Lanes

Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes orroadside objects may be incorrectlydetected when located along theroadway.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and WhenTowing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on steephills or when towing a trailer. ACC willnot detect a vehicle in the lane whiledriving on steep hills. If the brakes areapplied, ACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.



. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The ACC set speed is erased frommemory ifJ is pressed or if theignition is turned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror and theradar sensors on the front of thevehicle can become blocked by snow,ice, dirt, or mud. These areas need tobe cleaned for ACC to operateproperly.

If ACC will not operate, regular CruiseControl may be available. See“Switching Between ACC and RegularCruise Control” previously in thissection. Always consider drivingconditions before using either cruisecontrol system.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” under ExteriorCare 0 298.

System operation may also be limitedunder snow, heavy rain, or road sprayconditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashes orreduce crash damage while driving,backing, and parking. Read this entiresection before using these systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. These systemsdo not replace the need for payingattention and driving safely. Youmay not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by thesesystems. Failure to use proper carewhen driving may result in injury,death, or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 150.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitored bythe system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you withenough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as with asticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.



Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance features alertthe driver of obstacles by beeping. Tochange the volume of the warningchime, see “Comfort and Convenience”under Vehicle Personalization 0 123.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat,the driver seat cushion may provide avibrating pulse alert instead ofbeeping. To change this, see“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.

. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottom ofthe outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Radio Frequency

This vehicle may be equipped withdriver assistance systems that operateusing radio frequency. See RadioFrequency Statement 0 335.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), FrontPark Assist (FPA), Surround Vision,Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) andBacking Warning System, and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help



the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or, while in D(Drive), reach a vehicle speed ofapproximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected an object.This triangle changes from amber tored and increases in size the closerthe object.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Vision shows animage of the area surrounding thevehicle, along with the front or rearcamera views on the infotainmentdisplay. The front camera is in thegrille or near the front emblem, theside cameras are on the bottom of theoutside mirrors, and the rear camerais above the license plate.

The Surround Vision system can beaccessed by selecting CAMERA in theinfotainment display or when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Toreturn to the previous screen sooner,press any button on the infotainmentsystem, shift into P (Park), or reach avehicle speed of approximately12 km/h (8 mph).

{ Warning

The Surround Vision cameras haveblind spots and will not display allobjects near the corners of thevehicle. Folding outside mirrors thatare out of position may not display

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

surround view correctly. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of the cameras’field of view, below the bumper,or under the vehicle. Showndistances may be different fromactual distances. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thesecamera(s). Always check behind andaround the vehicle before driving.Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage.

Camera Views

Touch the camera view buttons alongthe bottom of the infotainmentdisplay.

Front/Rear Standard View : Displaysan image of the area in front orbehind the vehicle. Touch Front/RearStandard View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view is active.Touching the button multiple timeswill toggle between front and rearcamera views.

If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the Park Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).



Front/Rear Junction View : Displaysa front or rear cross traffic view thatshows objects directly to the left andright of the front or back of thevehicle. Touch Junction View on theinfotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenfront and rear camera views.

Front/Rear Overhead View : Displaysa front or rear overhead view of thevehicle. Touching the button willtoggle between the two views.

Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays aview of the vehicle from either thefront or the back of the vehicle. TouchBowl View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view is active.Touching the button multiple timeswill toggle between forward andrearward views. Rear Pedestrian Alert,Park Assist, and RCTA are notavailable when Bowl view is active.

Side Forward/Rearward View :Displays a view that shows objectsnext to the front or rear sides of thevehicle. Touch Side Forward/RearwardView on the infotainment displaywhen a camera view is active.

Touching the button multiple timeswill toggle between forward andrearward views. Rear Pedestrian Alert,Park Assist, and RCTA are notavailable when Side Forward/Rearwardview is active.

Guidance Lines : Displays availableguidelines. The horizontal markingsrepresent distance from the vehicle.

Top Down View : Displays an imageof the area surrounding the vehicle,along with the rear camera view in theinfotainment display. The rear cameraview will be replaced by the frontcamera view after shifting fromR (Reverse) to a forward gear or whenthe vehicle is moving forward slowerthan 12 km/h (8 mph). This view canalso be accessed by touching the TopDown View button when the CAMERAview is active.

Park Assist

The vehicle may be equipped with theRear Park Assist (RPA) and Front ParkAssist (FPA). The Park Assist systemmay provide assistance to driver whenbacking up and parking. Park Assistuses ultrasonic sensors in the

bumpers to measure the distancebetween the vehicle and objects. Thesystem calculates the distancebetween vehicle and object viameasuring the time it takes for theultrasonic waves to bounce back fromthe object. Park Assist works only atspeeds up to about 11 Km/h (7 mph).An illuminated LED in the parkingassist button indicates that thesystem is ready to operate. Thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 1.8m (6 ft) behind and1.25m (4 ft) in front of the vehiclewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high offthe ground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors clean ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; andclean sensors after a car wash infreezing temperatures.



{ Warning

The Park Assist System is nosubstitute for careful and attentivedriving. The Park Assist systemdoes not detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,or objects located below thebumper or that are too close or toofar from the vehicle. It is notavailable at speeds greater than11 km/h (7 mph). To prevent injury,death, or vehicle damage, even withPark Assist, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check allmirrors before moving forward orbacking.

How the System Works

The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object,” drivingdirection, and object locationinformation for the Park Assistsystem. As the object gets closer, morebars light up and the bars changecolor from yellow to amber to red.

When an object is very close to thevehicle rear (<0.6m (2 ft)), five beepswill sound from the rear followed by acontinuous beep from the rear,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse five times. When an objectis very close to the vehicle front(<0.3m (1 ft)), a continuous beep willsound from the front, or both sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. Beeps for FPA are higherpitched than for RPA.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST : If thismessage occurs, check the followingconditions:

. The sensors are not clean. Keepthe vehicle's rear bumper free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Forcleaning instructions, see ExteriorCare 0 298.

. The Park Assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost or icecan form around and behind thesensors and may not always beseen; this can occur after washingthe vehicle in cold weather. Themessage may not clear until thefrost or ice has melted.

If the above conditions do not exist,take the vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

PARK ASSIST OFF : If the PA systemdoes not activate due to a temporarycondition, the message displays on theDIC. This can occur under thefollowing conditions:

. The driver has disabled thesystem.


210 DRIVING AND OPERATING. An object was hanging out of the

trunk during the last drive cycle.Once the object is removed, RPAwill return to normal operation.

. The bumper is damaged. Take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes on avery large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Backing Warning and ReverseAutomatic Braking

Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) have the Backing WarningSystem and Reverse AutomaticBraking (RAB) system. The BackingWarning part of this system can warnof rear objects when backing up atspeeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).

The Backing Warning System willbeep once from the rear when anobject is first detected, or pulse twiceon both sides of the Safety Alert Seat.When the system detects a potentialcrash, beeps will be heard from therear, or five pulses will be felt on both

sides of the Safety Alert Seat. Theremay also be a brief, sharp applicationof the brakes.

{ Warning

The Backing Warning System onlyoperates at speeds greater than8 km/h (5 mph). It does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects below thebumper or that are too close or toofar from the vehicle. In somesituations, such as at higherbacking speeds, there may not beenough time for the short, sharpapplication of the vehicle brakesystem to occur. To prevent injury,death, or vehicle damage, even withthe Backing Warning System,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrors beforebacking.

When the vehicle is in R (Reverse) andthe system detects the vehicle isbacking too fast to avoid a crash witha detected object behind your vehiclein your path, it may automatically

brake hard to a stop to help avoid orreduce the harm caused by a backingcrash.

{ Warning

RAB may not avoid many types ofbacking crashes. Do not wait for theautomatic braking to apply. Thissystem is not designed to replacedriver braking and only works inR (Reverse) when an object isdetected directly behind the vehicle.It may not brake or stop in time toavoid a crash. It will not brake forobjects when the vehicle is movingat very low speeds. It does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objects belowthe bumper or that are too close ortoo far from the vehicle. To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage,even with RAB, always check thearea around the vehicle before andwhile backing.



If the brake pedal is not pressed soonafter the stop, the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) may be set. When it issafe, press the accelerator pedal firmlyat any time to override RAB.

{ Warning

There may be instances whereunexpected or undesired automaticbraking occurs. If this happens,either press the brake pedal orfirmly press the accelerator pedal torelease the brakes from the RABsystem. Before releasing the brakes,check the RVC and check the areaaround the vehicle to make sure itis safe to proceed.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow to warn of trafficcoming from the left or right. Thissystem detects objects coming fromup to 20 m (65 ft) from the left orright side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, either three beepssound from the left or right or three

Safety Alert Seat pulses occur on theleft or right side, depending on thedirection of the detected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend out fromthe back of the vehicle do not movefurther back when a trailer is towed.

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335.

Turning the Features On or Off

TouchX on the center stack to turnon or off the Front and Rear ParkAssist, Reverse Automatic Braking(RAB), and the Backing WarningSystem at the same time. Theindicator light next to the buttoncomes on when the features are onand turns off when the features havebeen disabled.

Turn off Park Assist, RCTA, and RABwhen towing a trailer.

To turn the RPA symbols or guidancelines (on some models) on or off, see“Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols”under Vehicle Personalization 0 123.

RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Automatic Parking Assist (APA)with Braking

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel andperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still shift gearswhile the system applies the brakesand accelerator. A display and audiblebeeps help to guide parkingmaneuvers.

Do not use APA when towing a trailer.

{ Warning

APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that are softor narrow, objects high off theground such as flatbed trucks,objects below ground level such aslarge potholes, or moving objects(e.g. pedestrians). Always verify thatthe parking space is appropriate for

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

parking a vehicle. APA does notrespond to changes in the parkingspace, such as movement of anadjacent vehicle, or a person orobject entering the parking space.APA does not detect or avoid trafficthat is behind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared to stopthe vehicle during the parkingmaneuver.

TouchO on the center stack toenable the system to search for aparking space that is large enough andwithin 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. Thevehicle speed must be below30 km/h (18 mph). The system cannot:

. Detect whether it is a legal parkingspace.

. Park exactly lined up with thevehicle next to it if the spot isapproached at an angle or if theparking space is angled.

. Park exactly centered in a spotthat is marked too large.

. Always detect short curbs.

When enabled, APA searches forparallel parking spaces to the right ofthe vehicle. To search for a parkingspace to the left, turn on the left turnsignal or, if available, change the sideselection in the infotainment display.To switch the parking mode betweenparallel and perpendicular, change theparking mode in the infotainmentdisplay.

After completely passing a largeenough space, an audible beep occurs.A red stop symbol and a shift toreverse message are displayed.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because the system

is maneuvering the vehicle into apreviously detected space. The APAsystem does not need service.

APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the displayed instructions.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steering wheelwill vibrate briefly as a reminder toremove hands from the steeringwheel. Check surroundings andcontinue braking or accelerating asneeded, and be prepared to stop toavoid vehicles, pedestrians, or objects.If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged.



A progress arrow displays the statusof the parking maneuver. Dependingon the space size, additionalmaneuvers may be required, and therewill be additional instructions. Whenchanging gears, allow the automaticsteering to complete before continuingthe parking maneuver. APA will beepand display a PARKING COMPLETEmessage. Secure the vehicle againstrolling away by applying parkingbrake.

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used by thedriver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. The parking brake is applied or thevehicle is shifted into P (Park).

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. The driver opens the door with anunbuckled seat belt.

The brake holds the vehicle until theparking brake or brake is applied,or the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

To cancel APA, touchO again.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The APA system may require a shortperiod of driving along curves tocalibrate.

Rear Pedestrian AlertUnder certain conditions, this featurecan provide alerts for a pedestrianwithin the system’s range directlybehind the vehicle. This feature onlyworks in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h(8 mph), and detects pedestrians up to8 m (26 ft) away during daytimedriving. During nighttime driving,feature performance is very limited.

Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator

When a pedestrian is detected withinthe system’s range directly behind thevehicle, this symbol flashes amber onthe infotainment display, along withtwo beeps from the rear, or ifequipped, two pulses from both sidesof the driver seat. When a pedestrianis detected close to the vehicle, thesymbol flashes red on theinfotainment display, along with sevenbeeps from the rear, or if equipped,seven pulses from both sides of thedriver seat.

{ Warning

Rear Pedestrian Alert does notautomatically brake the vehicle.It also does not provide an alertunless it detects a pedestrian, and itmay not detect all pedestrians if:

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. The pedestrian is not directlybehind the vehicle, fullyvisible to the Rear VisionCamera (RVC), or standingupright.

. The pedestrian is part of agroup.

. The pedestrian is a child.

. Visibility is poor, includingnighttime conditions, fog,rain, or snow.

. The RVC is blocked by dirt,snow, or ice.

. The RVC, taillamps,or back-up lamps are notcleaned or in proper workingcondition.

. The vehicle is not inR (Reverse).

To help avoid death or injury,always check for pedestriansaround the vehicle before backingup. Be ready to take action and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

apply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 150. Keep the RVC,taillamps, and back-up lamps cleanand in good repair.

Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Offor Alert. See “Rear PedestrianDetection” in “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 123. If equipped, alerts can be set tobeeps or seat pulses. See “Alert Type”in “Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving the vehiclein a forward gear, Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning(LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane ChangeAlert (LCA), Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) System canhelp to avoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system may helpto avoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. When approachinga vehicle ahead too quickly, FCAprovides a red flashing alert on thewindshield and rapidly beeps or pulsesthe driver seat. FCA also lights anamber visual alert if following anothervehicle too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distanceof approximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above 8 km/h(5 mph). If the vehicle is equippedwith Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),the FCA timing setting can only bechanged while ACC is not engaged.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 195.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and doesnot apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle too

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

closely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails, bridges,construction barrels, or otherobjects. Be ready to take action andapply the brakes. See DefensiveDriving 0 150.

FCA can be disabled with either theFCA steering wheel control or,if equipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected, thevehicle ahead indicator will displaygreen. Vehicles may not be detectedon curves, highway exit ramps,or hills, due to poor visibility; or if avehicle ahead is partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects. FCA willnot detect another vehicle ahead untilit is completely in the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warning tohelp avoid a crash, unless it detectsa vehicle. FCA may not detect avehicle ahead if the FCA sensor isblocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or ifthe windshield is damaged. It mayalso not detect a vehicle on windingor hilly roads, or in conditions thatcan limit visibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front, or both sides of the SafetyAlert Seat will pulse five times. Whenthis Collision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue to



apply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you are followinga vehicle ahead too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the current settingon the DIC. Additional button presseswill change this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehicle speed.The faster the vehicle speed, thefarther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC), theFCA timing setting can only bechanged while (ACC) is not engaged.See Adaptive Cruise Control.

Following Distance Indicator

The following distance to a movingvehicle ahead in your path is indicatedin following time in seconds on the

Driver Information Center (DIC). SeeDriver Information Center (DIC) 0 116.The minimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicledetected ahead, or the vehicle ahead isout of sensor range, dashes will bedisplayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessary alertsfor turning vehicles, vehicles in otherlanes, objects that are not vehicles,or shadows. These alerts are normaloperation and the vehicle does notneed service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correct theissue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.



Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has AEB, whichincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicleahead in your path that is traveling inthe same direction that you may beabout to crash into, it can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This can help avoidor lessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This automatic emergencybraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA) System0 214.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicleswith Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detectvehicles up to approximately 60 m(197 ft).

{ Warning

AEB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Do notrely on AEB to brake the vehicle.AEB will not brake outside of itsoperating speed range and onlyresponds to detected vehicles.

AEB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles, especiallyvehicles with a trailer,tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if it ispartially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take action andapply the brakes and/or steer thevehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, AEBmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ Warning

AEB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override AEB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providing aboost to braking based on the speedof approach and distance to a vehicleahead.



Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedalmovement during this time is normaland the brake pedal should continueto be applied as needed. IBA willautomatically disengage only whenthe brake pedal is released.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle braking insituations when it may not benecessary. You could block the flowof traffic. If this occurs, take yourfoot off the brake pedal and thenapply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 123.

{ Warning

Using AEB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Turn the system to Alert, or if thevehicle has ACC to Off, whentowing a trailer.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system.

The AEB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system may helpavoid or reduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes with nearbypedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays an amberindicator, ~, when a nearby

pedestrian is detected ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestrian tooquickly, FPB provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat. FPBcan provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle. Thissystem includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA), and the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) System mayalso respond to pedestrians. SeeAutomatic Emergency Braking (AEB)0 217.

The FPB system can detect and alertto pedestrians in a forward gear atspeeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and80 km/h (50 mph). During daytimedriving, the system detectspedestrians up to a distance ofapproximately 40 m (131 ft). Duringnighttime driving, system performanceis very limited. If the vehicle isequipped with the Night Visionsystem, during nighttime driving, thevehicle can detect and alert topedestrians whenever in aforward gear.



{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian. FPBmay not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain, or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned orin proper condition.

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 150. Keepthe windshield, headlamps, and FPBsensor clean and in good repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert &Brake through vehicle personalization.See “Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 123.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

FPB alerts and automatic braking willnot occur unless the FPB systemdetects a pedestrian. When a nearbypedestrian is detected in front of thevehicle, the pedestrian ahead indicatorwill display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, the redFPB alert display will flash on thewindshield. Eight rapid high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety Alert Seatwill pulse five times. When thisPedestrian Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can causea brief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crash intoa pedestrian directly ahead, and thebrakes have not been applied, FPBmay automatically brake moderatelyor brake hard. This can help to avoid



some very low speed pedestriancrashes or reduce pedestrian injury.FPB can automatically brake todetected pedestrians between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).Automatic braking levels may bereduced under certain conditions,such as higher speeds. If alsoequipped with the Night Visionsystem, pedestrians detected by theNight Vision system will not causeautomatic braking to occur.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric Parking Brake(EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop.Release the EPB. A firm press of theaccelerator pedal will also releaseAutomatic Braking and the EPB.

{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falsely alertor brake for objects similar in shapeor size to pedestrians, includingshadows. This is normal operation

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and the vehicle does not needservice. To override AutomaticBraking, firmly press the acceleratorpedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 123.

{ Warning

Using the Front Pedestrian Brakingsystem while towing a trailer couldcause you to lose control of thevehicle and crash. Turn the systemto Alert or Off when towing atrailer.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding crashes that occur withmoving vehicles in the side blind zone(or spot) areas. When the vehicle is ina forward gear, the left or right sidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blind zone.If the turn signal is activated and avehicle is also detected on the sameside, the display will flash as an extrawarning not to change lanes. Sincethis system is part of the Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) system, read the entireLCA section before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists driverswith avoiding lane change crashesthat occur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas or withvehicles rapidly approaching theseareas from behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside mirror and willflash if the turn signal is on.



{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changing lanesunder all driving conditions. Failureto use proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Before making alane change, always check mirrors,glance over your shoulder, and usethe turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning areastarts at approximately the middle ofthe vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft).Drivers are also warned of vehiclesrapidly approaching from up to 70 m(230 ft) behind the vehicle.


The LCA symbol lights up in theoutside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone frombehind. A lit LCA symbol indicates itmay be unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check the LCAdisplay, check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Outside MirrorDisplay

Right OutsideMirror Display

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate the systemis operating. When the vehicle is in aforward gear, the left or right outsidemirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in the next laneover in that blind zone or rapidlyapproaching that zone. If the turnsignal is activated in the samedirection as a detected vehicle, thisdisplay will flash as an extra warningnot to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled. When youdisable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert isalso disabled. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 123. If LCA is disabled by the driver,the LCA mirror displays will notlight up.



When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires some drivingfor the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic and roadsideobjects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on whenpassing a vehicle quickly, for astopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extending outto either side of the vehicle. Attachedobjects may also interfere with thedetection of vehicles. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not always alert the driver tovehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The system

does not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due to guardrails,signs, trees, shrubs, and othernon-moving objects. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 298.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in the sideblind zone or are rapidly approachingthis zone and the system is clean, thesystem may need service. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

Radio Frequency Information


Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. This system uses a camerato detect lane markings between60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h(112 mph). It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking. It may also provide a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert if thevehicle crosses a detected lanemarking. LKA can be overridden byturning the steering wheel. Thissystem is not intended to keep thevehicle centered in the lane. LKA willnot assist and alert if the turn signalis active in the direction of lanedeparture, or if it detects that you areaccelerating, braking or activelysteering.

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

lane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if a lanemarking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid a lanedeparture or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield or headlampsare blocked by dirt, snow,or ice; if they are not inproper condition; or if the sunshines directly into thecamera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it will onlyassist or provide an LDW alert

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

when approaching the lane on theside where it has detected a lanemarking. Even with LKA and LDW,you must steer the vehicle. Alwayskeep your attention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicle damage,injury, or death could occur. Alwayskeep the windshield, headlamps,and camera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA in badweather conditions or on roads withunclear lane markings, such asconstruction zones.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a trailer oron slippery roads could cause lossof control of the vehicle and acrash. Turn the system off.


LKA uses a camera sensor installed onthe windshield ahead of the rearviewmirror to detect lane markings. It mayprovide brief steering assist if itdetects an unintended lane departure.It may further provide an audible alertor the driver seat may pulse indicatingthat a lane marking has been crossed.

To turn LKA on and off, pressA onthe center stack. If equipped, theindicator light on the button comeson when LKA is on and turns offwhen LKA is disabled.

When on,A is white, if equipped,indicating that the system is not readyto assist.A is green if LKA is readyto assist. LKA may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detectedlane marking.A is amber whenassisting. It may also provide a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert byflashingA amber if the vehiclecrosses a detected lane marking.Additionally, there may be threebeeps, or the driver seat may pulse



three times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle. If LKAdoes not detect active driver steering,an alert and chime may be provided.Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA maybecome temporarily unavailable afterrepeated take steering alerts.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, such aswhen driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning the windshieldmay help.

A camera blocked message maydisplay if the camera is blocked. Somedriver assistance systems may havereduced performance or not work atall. An LKA or LDW unavailablemessage may display if the systemsare temporarily unavailable. Thismessage could be due to a blockedcamera. The LKA system does notneed service. Clean the outside of thewindshield behind the rearview mirror.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks, shadows,cracks in the road, temporary orconstruction lane markings, or otherroad imperfections. This is normalsystem operation; the vehicle does notneed service. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Surround Vision RecorderIf equipped, this system records the360° camera views to an SD card. Onlyimages are recorded, no sound. An SDcard will be needed for this system.The recommended SD card is a 32GBSDHC card with FAT32 file system,Class 10 and over.

Insert an SD card into the card readerin the trunk. Disable recording fromthe playback screen before removingthe SD card from the reader. Do notremove the card while recording isenabled. This could corrupt the videofile and/or the SD card.

Other files should not be stored onthe same SD card as the surroundvision recorder files. Storing other fileson the same card may increaserecording start up and playback timeor result in a loss of data.



To Activate : Touch Video Recorderon the Home Page. Touch the red dot.The red dot will illuminate when thevideo recorder is on. It will remain onuntil it has been turned off. Recordingwill start after exiting the playbackscreen. Advise other drivers andoccupants of the vehicle that videoimages are being recorded.

To Deactivate : Touch Video Recorderon the Home Page. Touch the red dot.

Select from the following when thevehicle is in P (Park).

Exit : Touch X to exit this applicationand return to the previous app.

Video List : Touch to display a list ofthe most recent and saved videos.Touch the delete button next to thename to delete a saved video.

Rewind : Touch to rewind the video.Touch again up to three times toincrease speed. Touch a fourth time tostop rewinding.

Play/Pause : Touch to play or pause arecorded video.

Fast Forward : Touch to fast forwardthe video. Touch again up to threetimes to increase speed. Touch afourth time to stop fast forward.

Save : Touch to save a video. Thisprotects the video from being erased.Once the SD card is full, the oldestfiles will be overwritten unless theyhave been saved.

Camera Views : When opening theVideo Recorder, the previous file willshow all camera views and can beplayed. Icons in the upper right cornerof each view indicate which camera.Touch one of the views to zoom toonly that camera view. Touch again toreturn to all camera views. Press X atany time to exit the videorecorder app.

The latest recorded video file can beplayed. In addition:

. The recorded video is stored infive-minute-long files.

. All files can be viewed on theplayback app or when the SD cardis read by a personalcomputer (PC).

. Once the SD card is full, the oldestfiles will be overwritten.

To Delete Data : Remove the SD cardfrom the vehicle and insert into a PCto manually delete the file.

Error messages can occur if:

. No SD card is present.

. An empty SD card is present.

. The video files are the wrongformat.

. The video files are corrupt.

. The SD card is full.

. There is a system error.



Other files should not be stored onthe same SD card as the surroundvision recorder files. Storing other fileson the same card may increaserecording start up and playback timeor result in a loss of data. An errormessage may be displayed if nosurround vision recorded video file isavailable for playback.

Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline to keep the engineclean, reduce engine deposits, andmaintain optimal vehicle performance.Look for the TOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended Fuel (LSY2.0L L4 Engine)

Premium unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 93 — (R+M)/2— is highly recommended for bestperformance and fuel economy.Unleaded gasoline with an octanerated as low as 87 can be used. Usingunleaded gasoline rated below93 octane, however, will lead toreduced acceleration and fueleconomy. If knocking occurs, use agasoline rated at 93 octane as soon aspossible, otherwise, the engine couldbe damaged. If heavy knocking isheard when using gasoline with a93 octane rating, the engine needsservice.



Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Recommended Fuel (LGY3.0L V6 Engine)

Use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 —(R+M)/2. If unavailable, unleadedgasoline with a posted octane ratingof 91 may be used, but with reducedperformance and fuel economy. If theoctane is less than 91, the enginecould be damaged and the repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If heavy knocking is heardwhen using gasoline rated at93 octane, the engine needs service.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing so maydamage the vehicle and void itswarranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeled greaterthan 15% ethanol by volume,such as mid-level ethanolblends (16–50% ethanol), E85,or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, ferrocene,and aniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions control systemand spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Using thisfuel will lower fuel economyand performance, and maydecrease the life of theemissions catalyst.

Fuels in Foreign CountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knock index(AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreigncountry, see Prohibited Fuels 0 227.



Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highlyrecommended for use with yourvehicle. If your country does not haveTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, addACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fueltank at every oil change or 15 000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelcoFuel System Treatment Plus−Gasolinewill help keep your vehicle’s enginefuel deposit free and performingoptimally.

Filling the TankAn arrow on the fuel gauge indicateswhich side of the vehicle the fuel dooris on. See Fuel Gauge 0 103.

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Follow these guidelines to helpavoid injuries to you and others:

. Read and follow all theinstructions on the fuel pumpisland.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronic deviceswhile refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from thefuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Before touching the fillnozzle, touch a metallicobject to discharge staticelectricity from your body.

. Fuel can spray out if the fillnozzle is inserted too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Insert the fill nozzle slowlyand wait for any hiss noise tostop before beginning toflow fuel.

If equipped, the fuel door unlockswhen the vehicle doors are unlocked.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.



To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The capless refueling system does nothave a fuel cap. Fully insert and latchthe fill nozzle, begin fueling.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel spills.

. Under certain conditions, fuelfires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Waitfive seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the fillnozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 298. Push the fuel doorclosed until it latches.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the fillnozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a Portable FuelContainer

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable fuelcontainer:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel from aportable fuel container withoutusing the funnel adapter may causefuel spillage and damage thecapless fuel system. This couldcause a fire. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehicle couldbe damaged.



3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuel vapor.You or others could be badlyburned and the vehicle could bedamaged. To help avoid injury toyou and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, in a pickupbed, or on any surface otherthan the ground.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside of thefill opening before operatingthe nozzle. Maintain contactuntil filling is complete.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not use electronic deviceswhile pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle. Contactyour dealer or trailering dealer forassistance with preparing the vehicleto tow a trailer. Read the entiresection before towing a trailer. To towa disabled vehicle, see Towing theVehicle 0 296. To tow the vehiclebehind another vehicle such as amotor home, see Recreational VehicleTowing 0 297.

When towing with the 2.0L L4 engine,only use unleaded gasoline with anoctane rating of 89 or higher. Usinggasoline with a lower octane ratingwhile towing may damage the engineand may not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. See Recommended Fuel (LSY2.0L L4 Engine) 0 226 orRecommended Fuel (LGY 3.0LV6 Engine) 0 227.



Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips

{ Warning

You can lose control when towing atrailer if the correct equipment isnot used or the vehicle is not drivenproperly. For example, if the traileris too heavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load, the vehiclemay not stop as expected. You andothers could be seriously injured.The vehicle may also be damaged,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Pull a trailer only if all the steps inthis section have been followed. Askyour dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailerwith the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer

Trailering is different than just drivingthe vehicle by itself. Trailering meanschanges in handling, acceleration,braking, durability, and fuel economy.

Successful, safe trailering takes correctequipment, and it has to be usedproperly.

The following information has manytime-tested, important trailering tipsand safety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with and followall state and local laws that applyto trailer towing. Theserequirements vary from state tostate.

. State laws may require the use ofextended side view mirrors. Even ifnot required, you should installextended side view mirrors if yourvisibility is limited or restrictedwhile towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 800 km (500 mi) of vehicleuse to prevent damage to theengine, axle, or other parts.

. It is recommended to perform thefirst oil change before heavytowing.

. During the first 800 km (500 mi) oftrailer towing, do not drive over80 km/h (50 mph) and do notmake starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).If the transmission downshifts toooften, a lower gear may beselected using Manual Mode. SeeManual Mode 0 178.

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should be turnedoff when towing a trailer:

. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

. Super Cruise Control

. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

. Park Assist

. Automatic Parking Assist (APA)

. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driverassistance features should be turnedto alert or off when towing a trailer:

. Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)

. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)



If equipped with Lane Change Alert(LCA), the LCA detection zones thatextend back from the side of thevehicle do not move further backwhen a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA), use caution whilebacking up when towing a trailer, asthe RCTA detection zones that extendout from the back of the vehicle donot move further back when a traileris towed.

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or deathfrom carbon monoxide (CO), whentowing a trailer:

. Do not drive with the liftgate,trunk/hatch, or rear-mostwindow open.


(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air. See“Climate Control Systems” inthe Index.

For more information about carbonmonoxide, see Engine Exhaust0 173.

Towing a trailer requires experience.The combination of the vehicle andtrailer is longer and not as responsiveas the vehicle itself. Get used to thehandling and braking of thecombination by driving on a level roadsurface before driving on public roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, and thebrakes must be all be rated to carrythe intended cargo. Inadequate trailerequipment can cause the combinationto operate in an unexpected or unsafemanner. Before driving, inspect alltrailer hitch parts and attachments,safety chains, electrical connectors,lamps, tires, and mirrors. See TowingEquipment 0 236. If the trailer has

electric brakes, start the combinationmoving and then manually apply thetrailer brake controller to check thetrailer brakes work. During the trip,occasionally check that the cargo andtrailer are secure and that the lampsand any trailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the stability controlsystem might be heard. The systemreacts to vehicle movement caused bythe trailer, which mainly occursduring cornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving without a trailer. This can helpto avoid heavy braking and suddenturns.

Passing

More passing distance is needed whentowing a trailer. The combination ofthe vehicle and trailer will notaccelerate as quickly and is muchlonger than the vehicle alone. It is



necessary to go much farther beyondthe passed vehicle before returning tothe lane. Pass on level roadways.Avoid passing on hills if possible.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. To move the trailer tothe left, move that hand to the left. Tomove the trailer to the right, movethat hand to the right. Always back upslowly and, if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Turn more slowly and make widerarcs when towing a trailer toprevent damage to your vehicle.Making very sharp turns couldcause the trailer to contact thevehicle.

Make wider turns than normal whentowing, so trailer will not go over softshoulders, over curbs, or strike road

signs, trees, or other objects. Alwayssignal turns well in advance. Do notsteer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore starting down a long or steepdownhill grade. If the transmission isnot shifted down, the brakes mayoverheat and result in reduced brakingefficiency.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear if thetransmission shifts too often underheavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing at higher altitudes,engine coolant will boil at a lowertemperature than at lower altitudes.If the engine is turned off immediatelyafter towing at high altitude on steepuphill grades, the vehicle could showsigns similar to engine overheating. Toavoid this, let the engine run,preferably on level ground, with thetransmission in P (Park) for a fewminutes before turning the engine off.If the overheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating 0 256.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

To prevent serious injury or death,always park your vehicle and traileron a level surface when possible.

When parking your vehicle and yourtrailer on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but do notshift into P (Park) yet. Turn thewheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, gradually release the brakepedal to allow the chocks toabsorb the load of the trailer.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.



Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

. Start the engine.

. Shift into a gear.

. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service more oftenwhen used to tow trailers. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 309. It isespecially important to check theautomatic transmission fluid, engineoil, axle lubricant, belts, coolingsystem, and brake system before andduring each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts andbolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling when TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheating0 256.

Trailer Towing

Caution

Towing a trailer improperly candamage the vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. To tow a trailercorrectly, follow the directions inthis section and see your dealer forimportant information abouttowing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight

{ Warning

Never exceed the towing capacityfor your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring theweight, speed, altitude, road grades,outside temperature, dimensions ofthe front of the trailer, and howfrequently the vehicle is used to tow atrailer.

Before towing a trailer, alwaysseparately weigh:

. the total weight on the vehicle'stires.

. the trailer.

. the trailer tongue.

{ Warning

You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed if the trailer is tooheavy or the trailer brakes areinadequate for the load. The vehiclemay be damaged, and the repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Only tow a trailer if all the steps inthis section have been followed. Askyour dealer for advice andinformation about towing a trailer.



Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR)

For information about the vehicle'smaximum load capacity, see VehicleLoad Limits 0 160. When calculatingthe GVWR with a trailer attached, thetrailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the weight thevehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight

The trailer should never weigh morethan 454 kg (1,000 lb). The maximumallowable weight of the trailer may belower based on the weight of thepassengers and cargo in your trailer.

The maximum trailer weight rating iscalculated assuming only the driver isin the tow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment. Theweight of additional optionalequipment, passengers, and cargo inthe tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance

The correct trailer load balance mustbe maintained to ensure trailerstability. Incorrect load balance is aleading cause of trailer sway.

The trailer tongue weight (1) shouldbe 10–15% of the loaded trailerweight (2). Some specific trailer types,such as boat trailers, fall outside ofthis range. Always refer to the trailerowner’s manual for the recommendedtrailer tongue weight for each trailer.Never exceed the maximum loads foryour vehicle, hitch, and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separatelyweigh the trailer and then the trailertongue and calculate the trailer loadbalance percentage to see if theweights and distribution areappropriate for your vehicle. If thetrailer weight is too high, it may bepossible to transfer some of the cargointo your vehicle. If the trailer tongueweight is too high or too low, it maybe possible to rearrange some of thecargo inside of the trailer.

Do not exceed the maximumallowable tongue weight for yourvehicle. Use the shortest hitchextension available to position thehitch ball closer to your vehicle. Thiswill help reduce the effect of thetrailer tongue weight on the trailerhitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in the trailerhitch receiver, choose a carrier thatpositions the load as close to thevehicle as possible. Make sure thetotal weight, including the carrier, isno more than half of the maximumallowable tongue weight for thevehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whicheveris less.



Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or assistance.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

Always use the correct hitchequipment for your vehicle.Crosswinds, large trucks going by, andrough roads can affect the trailer andthe hitch.

Never attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches. Only useframe-mounted hitches that do notattach to the bumper.

Always seal any holes in your vehicleif the trailer hitch removed. If notsealed, dirt, water, and carbonmonoxide (CO) from the exhaust mayenter your vehicle. See Engine Exhaust0 173.

Consider using mechanical swaycontrols with any trailer. Ask atrailering professional about swaycontrols or refer to the trailermanufacturer's recommendations andinstructions.

Tires. Do not tow a trailer while using a

compact spare tire on the vehicle.

. Tires must be properly inflated tosupport loads while towing atrailer. See Tires 0 272 forinstructions on proper tireinflation.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer, and attach thechains to the holes on the trailer hitchplatform. Instructions about safetychains may be provided by the hitchmanufacturer or by the trailermanufacturer.

Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer to help preventthe tongue from contacting the road ifit becomes separated from the hitch.Always leave just enough slack so thecombination can turn. Never allowsafety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb)must be equipped with brake systemsand with brakes for each axle. Trailer

braking equipment conforming toCanadian Standards Association (CSA)requirement CAN3-D313, or itsequivalent, is recommended.

State or local regulations may requiretrailers to have their own brakingsystem if the loaded weight of thetrailer exceeds certain minimums thatcan vary from state to state. Read andfollow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so they are installed, adjusted,and maintained properly. Neverattempt to tap into your vehicle'shydraulic brake system. If you do,both the vehicle anti-lock brakes andthe trailer brakes may not function,which could result in a crash.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

When properly connected, the trailerturn signals will illuminate to indicatethe vehicle is turning, changing lanes,or stopping. When towing a trailer,the arrows on the instrument clusterwill illuminate even if the trailer is notproperly connected or the bulbs areburned out.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 107.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehicle systems.This could affect vehicle operationand cause a crash. Such devicesmay also access information storedin the vehicle’s systems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, see Servicingthe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.


238 VEHICLE CARE

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 248Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . 250Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . 259All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . 261Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . 262Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . 263

Bulb ReplacementLED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . . . . 264Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . 265Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 267Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . 281Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 289Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 297


VEHICLE CARE 239

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visit yourdealer. You will receive genuine GMparts and GM-trained and supportedservice people.

Genuine GM parts have one of thesemarks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, including thisone, as well as many of its serviceparts and fluids, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. Engine exhaust, many partsand systems, many fluids, andsome component wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more information goto www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 259 andJump Starting - North America 0 293and the back cover.


240 VEHICLE CARE

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbag initiators,seat belt pretensioners, and lithiumbatteries contained in electronic keys,may contain perchlorate materials.Perchlorate Material – specialhandling may apply. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GM certifiedparts, including control module orsoftware modifications, is not coveredunder the terms of the vehiclewarranty and may affect remainingwarranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicle usinggenuine GM Accessories installed by adealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not have theproper knowledge, service manual,tools, or parts. Always followowner’s manual procedures andconsult the service manual for yourvehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper service manual.It tells you much more about how toservice the vehicle than this manualcan. To order the proper servicemanual, see Publication OrderingInformation 0 334.


VEHICLE CARE 241

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.

If equipped with remote vehicle start,open the hood before performing anyservice work to prevent remotestarting the vehicle accidentally. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 15.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 320.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damage tovehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood

{ Warning

For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the vehicle ison, the engine will start when thehood is opened. You or others couldbe injured.

{ Warning

Components under the hood canget hot from running the engine. Tohelp avoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touch thesecomponents until they have cooled,and always use a glove or towel toavoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hood beforeopening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthei symbol. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.


242 VEHICLE CARE

2. Go to the front of the vehicle andlocate the secondary releaselever under the front center ofthe hood. Push the secondaryhood release lever to the right torelease.

3. After you have partially lifted thehood, the gas strut system willautomatically lift the hood andhold it in the fully open position.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sureall filler caps are on properly,and all tools are removed.

2. Pull the hood down until thestrut system is no longer holdingup the hood.

3. Allow the hood to fall. Check tomake sure the hood is latchedcompletely. Repeat this processwith additional force if necessary.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if the hoodis not latched completely. The hoodcould open fully, block your vision,and cause a crash. You or otherscould be injured. Always close thehood completely before driving.


VEHICLE CARE 243

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 Engine


244 VEHICLE CARE

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 257.

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See Cooling System0 251.

3. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 250.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System 0 251.

5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil0 246.

6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil 0 246.

7. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 293.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See BrakeFluid 0 258.

9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block0 265.


VEHICLE CARE 245

3.0L V6 Engine


246 VEHICLE CARE

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 257.

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See Cooling System0 251.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See EngineOil 0 246.

4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 250.

5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System 0 251.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil0 246.

7. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See Jump Starting -North America 0 293.

8. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See BrakeFluid 0 258.

9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block0 265.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engine performanceand long life, careful attention mustbe paid to engine oil. Following thesesimple, but important steps will helpprotect your investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section.

. Check the engine oil level regularlyand maintain the proper oil level.See “Checking Engine Oil” and“When to Add Engine Oil” in thissection.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 248.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especially priorto a long trip. The engine oil dipstick

handle is a loop. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 243 for thelocation.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handle maybe hot; it could burn you. Use atowel or glove to touch the dipstickhandle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check the oillevel.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground. Checkthe engine oil level after theengine has been off for at leasttwo hours. Checking the engine oillevel on steep grades or too soonafter engine shutoff can result inincorrect readings. Accuracyimproves when checking a coldengine prior to starting. Removethe dipstick and check the level.


VEHICLE CARE 247. If unable to wait two hours, the

engine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine is warm,or at least 30 minutes if theengine is not warm. Pull out thedipstick, wipe it with a clean papertowel or cloth, then push it backin all the way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, and checkthe level.

When to Add Engine Oil

2.0L L4 Turbo (LSY) Engine

3.0L V6 Twin Turbo (LGY) Engine

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick and theengine has been off for at least

15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section for anexplanation of what kind of oil to use.For engine oil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 322.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oil levelsabove or below the acceptableoperating range shown on thedipstick are harmful to the engine.If the oil level is above theoperating range (i.e., the engine hasso much oil that the oil level getsabove the cross-hatched area thatshows the proper operating range),the engine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving of thevehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 243 for the location of the engine oilfill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oil dependson both the proper oil specificationand viscosity grade. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 318.

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification. Engineoils that have been approved by GMas meeting the dexos1 specificationare marked with the dexos1approved logo.


248 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

For the 2.0L L4 Turbo (LSY) engine,use SAE 0W-20 viscosity gradeengine oil.

For the 3.0L V6 Twin Turbo (LGY)engine, use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extreme cold,where the temperature falls below−29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil maybe used. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting for theengine at extremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine OilFlushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting the dexos1specification are all that is needed forgood performance and engineprotection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could cause enginedamage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change your ownoil, be sure to drain all the oil fromthe filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the trash

or pouring it on the ground, intosewers, or into streams or bodies ofwater. Recycle it by taking it to a placethat collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is based on acombination of factors which includeengine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven. Basedon driving conditions, the mileage atwhich an oil change is indicated canvary considerably. For the oil lifesystem to work properly, the systemmust be reset every time the oil ischanged.

When the system has calculated thatoil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message comes on. Change theoil as soon as possible within the next1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,if driving under the best conditions,the oil life system might indicate that


VEHICLE CARE 249

an oil change is not necessary for upto a year. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trained servicepeople who will perform this work andreset the system. It is also importantto check the oil regularly over thecourse of an oil drain interval andkeep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally,the oil must be changed at 5 000 km(3,000 mi) since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil life systemwhenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil LifeSystem

Reset the system whenever the engineoil is changed so that the system cancalculate the next engine oil change.To reset the system:

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 116.

2. Press and hold the thumbwheelto clear the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message and reset theoil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The oil life system can also be reset asfollows:

1. Using the DIC buttons, displayREMAINING OIL LIFE on theDIC. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 116.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message is not on, thesystem is reset.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON messageis off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,take the vehicle to your dealer andhave it repaired as soon as possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact your dealerfor additional information.


250 VEHICLE CARE

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damage thevehicle, and the damage may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always use the correct automatictransmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants0 318.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 309, and be sure to use thefluid listed in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 318.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the passengerside of the vehicle for the 2.0L L4engine and in the center of the enginecompartment for the 3.0L V6 engine.See Engine Compartment Overview0 243.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on inspecting andreplacing the engine air cleaner/filter,see Maintenance Schedule 0 309.

How to Inspect/Replace theEngine Air Cleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter,make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby componentsare free of dirt and debris. Do notclean the engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

2.0L L4 Engine

1. Remove the five screws on top ofthe air cleaner/filter cover.

2. Lift the air/cleaner/filter coveraway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.

3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.

4. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall theair cleaner/filter cover.


VEHICLE CARE 251

3.0L V6 Engine

1. Air Duct Clamps2. Electrical Connectors3. Screws

1. Disconnect the harnessconnectors from the air cleaner/filter cover electricalconnectors (2).

2. Loosen the screws on the airduct clamps (1) holding the airoutlet ducts in place. Do notremove clamps. Move the ductsaside.

3. Remove the 13 screws (3) on topof the engine air cleaner/filtercover to gain access to both aircleaner/filters.

4. Lift the engine air cleaner/filtercover.

5. Lift and remove one or bothengine air cleaner/filters.

6. Inspect or replace one or bothengine air cleaner/filters.

7. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall theengine air cleaner/filter cover.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Donot start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present if theengine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Always havethe air cleaner/filter in place whendriving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows the engineto maintain the correct workingtemperature.

2.0L L4 Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap


252 VEHICLE CARE

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

3.0L V6 Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan can startup even when the engine is notrunning and can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts. Theycan be very hot and can burn you.Do not run the engine if there is aleak; all coolant could leak out.That could cause an engine fire andcan burn you. Fix any leak beforedriving the vehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL engine coolant.See Maintenance Schedule 0 309 andRecommended Fluids and Lubricants0 318.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating, seeEngine Overheating 0 256.

What to Use

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts. Theycan be very hot and can burn you.Do not run the engine if there is aleak; all coolant could leak out.That could cause an engine fire andcan burn you. Fix any leak beforedriving the vehicle.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection down to−37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.


VEHICLE CARE 253

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM Standard GMW3420 andclean, drinkable water. Anythingelse can cause damage to theengine cooling system and thevehicle, which would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding used coolantdisposal. This will help protect theenvironment and your health.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a level surfacewhen checking the coolant level.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running. It is alsonormal to see bubbles entering thesurge tank through the small hose.

Check to see if coolant is visible in thecoolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the indicatedmark, add a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engine partscan burn you. Coolant containsethylene glycol and it will burn ifthe engine parts are hot enough.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids such asalcohol, can boil before the propercoolant mixture will. With plainwater or the wrong mixture, theengine could get too hot but therewould not be an overheat warning.The engine could catch fire and youor others could be burned.


254 VEHICLE CARE

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure cap,even a little, can cause them tocome out at high speed and youcould be burned. Never turn the capwhen the cooling system, includingthe pressure cap, is hot. Wait forthe cooling system and pressurecap to cool.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolant isnot visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to see ifcoolant is visible in the coolant surgetank. If coolant is visible but thecoolant level is not at or above theindicated mark, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem, including the coolant surgetank pressure cap, is cool before youdo it.

2.0 L4 Engine

Automatic Coolant Service FillInstructions

The vehicle is equipped with a servicefeature that assists with filling andremoving air from the cooling systemafter service of components or whencoolant is added after being too low.

To use the service feature:

1. With a cold system, add coolantto the indicated line on thesurge tank.

2. Replace the pressure cap on thesurge tank.

To activate the service feature:

1. Connect the vehicle to a batterycharger.

2. Turn the ignition on. See IgnitionPositions 0 164.

3. Turn off the air conditioning.

4. Set the parking brake.


VEHICLE CARE 255

5. At the same time, press theaccelerator and the brake pedalfor two seconds, then release.

6. At the end of the cycle, check thecoolant level in the surge tankand add coolant if it is below theindicated line. Turn the ignitionoff, allow the Electronic ControlModule (ECM) to go to sleep,about two minutes, and repeatSteps 2–6.

Listen for pump activation andmovement of the control valves whilewatching the level of the coolant inthe surge tank. If the tank empties,turn the ignition off, carefully removethe pressure cap, refill to the indicatedline, replace the pressure cap, andrepeat Steps 2–6.

The fill and air removal process willrun for approximately 15 minutes.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure the capis properly and tightly secured.

3.0 V6 Engine

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If you hear ahiss, wait for that to stop. Thiswill allow any pressure still leftto be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the surge tank with theproper mixture to the indicatedlevel mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start the engineand let it run until you can feelthe upper radiator hose gettinghot. Watch out for the enginecooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the surge tank untilthe level reaches the indicatedlevel mark.


256 VEHICLE CARE

5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.

6. Check the level in the surge tankafter the engine is shut off andthe cooling system has cooleddown. If the coolant is not at theproper level, repeat Steps 1–6.If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure the capis properly and tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof the engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears, getservice help right away. See RoadsideService 0 329.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle is parkedon a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engine isoverheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of all coolantand can damage the system andvehicle. Have any leaks fixedright away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressure cap,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

even a little, can cause them tocome out at high speed and youcould be burned. Never turn the capwhen the cooling system, includingthe pressure cap, is hot. Wait forthe cooling system and pressurecap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seen orheard, the problem may not be tooserious. Sometimes the engine can geta little too hot when the vehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.


VEHICLE CARE 257

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling system checkedfor proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes while parked.If the warning is still displayed, turnoff the engine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in an areawhere the temperature may fall belowfreezing, use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washer symbolon it. Add washer fluid until the tankis full. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 243 for reservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it isvery cold. This allows forfluid expansion if freezing

(Continued)


258 VEHICLE CARE

Caution (Continued)

occurs, which could damagethe tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can beheard all the time when the vehicle ismoving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes will notwork well. That could lead to acrash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 322.

Brake pads should always be replacedas complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal doesnot return to normal height, or ifthere is a rapid increase in pedaltravel. This could be a sign that brakeservice may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes may notwork properly. The brakingperformance expected can change inmany other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts are installedor if parts are improperly installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir isfilled with GM approved DOT 3 brakefluid as indicated on the reservoir cap.See Engine Compartment Overview0 243 for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a levelsurface, the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum and maximummarks on the brake fluid reservoir.


VEHICLE CARE 259

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, the fluidlevel goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulicsystem. Have the brake hydraulicsystem fixed. With a leak, thebrakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoircap and the area around the capbefore removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Addingfluid does not correct a leak. If fluid isadded when the linings are worn,there will be too much fluid whennew brake linings are installed. Add orremove fluid, as necessary, only whenwork is done on the brake hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. You or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

others could be burned, and thevehicle could be damaged. Addbrake fluid only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System Warning Light0 109.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluid atthe specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 309.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3 brakefluid from a clean, sealed container.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 318.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, the paintfinish can be damaged. Immediatelywash off any painted surface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not remove thecap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed.


260 VEHICLE CARE

The vehicle has an Absorbed GlassMat (AGM) 12-volt battery.Installation of a standard 12-voltbattery will result in reduced 12-voltbattery life.

When using a 12-volt battery chargeron the 12-volt AGM battery, somechargers have an AGM battery settingon the charger. If available, use theAGM setting on the charger, to limitcharge voltage to 14.8 volts. Followthe charger manufacturer'sinstructions.

Stop/Start System

This vehicle has a Stop/Start systemto shut off the engine to helpconserve fuel. See Stop/Start System0 166.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. WASHHANDS AFTER HANDLING. Formore information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition 65 Warning0 239 and the back cover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode. Youcan be badly hurt if you are notcareful. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 293 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery tokeep the battery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the black,negative (−) cable from the battery oruse a battery trickle charger.

All-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle is equipped withAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD), this is anadditional system that needslubrication.

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection,the vehicle could move suddenly.If the vehicle moves, you or otherscould be injured.


VEHICLE CARE 261

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake. Donot use the accelerator pedal,and be ready to turn off theengine immediately if it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check, thevehicle could begin to move. You orothers could be injured andproperty could be damaged. Makesure there is room in front of thevehicle in case it begins to roll. Be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ready to apply the regular brake atonce should the vehicle beginto move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keeping yourfoot on the regular brake, set theparking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park) mechanism'sholding ability: With the enginerunning, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the parking brake followedby the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

It is a good idea to clean or replacethe wiper blade assembly on a regularbasis or when worn. For properwindshield wiper blade length andtype, see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 319.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiper bladeis installed could damage thewindshield. Any damage that occurswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not allow the wiperarm to touch the windshield.

To replace the wiper blade assembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield. The passenger sidewiper arm has limited travel.


262 VEHICLE CARE

2. Lift up on the latch in the middleof the wiper blade where thewiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough to releaseit from the J-hooked end of thewiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield needs to bereplaced, be sure to get one that isdesigned for HUD or the HUD imagemay look out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to be replacedand the vehicle is equipped with afront camera sensor for the DriverAssistance Systems, a GMreplacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Acoustic Windshield

The vehicle is equipped with anacoustic windshield. If the windshieldneeds to be replaced be sure to get an

acoustic windshield so you willcontinue to have the benefits anacoustic windshield can provide.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance in liftingand holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold open thehood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, youor others could be seriously injured.Take the vehicle to your dealer forservice immediately. Visuallyinspect the gas struts for signs ofwear, cracks, or other damageperiodically. Check to make sure thehood/trunk/liftgate is held openwith enough force. If struts arefailing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have thevehicle serviced.


VEHICLE CARE 263

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also do notpush down or pull on gas struts.This may cause damage to thevehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 309.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


264 VEHICLE CARE

Bulb Replacement

LED LightingThis vehicle has LED lamps. Forreplacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical System OverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is tooheavy, the circuit breaker opens andcloses, protecting the circuit until thecurrent load returns to normal or theproblem is fixed. This greatly reducesthe chance of circuit overload and firecaused by electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new one ofthe identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can be borrowed.Choose some feature of the vehiclethat is not needed to use and replaceit as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause thelamps to go on and off, or in somecases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right away ifthe lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop. Wiper function isavailable immediately after the wiperswitch is set to off, and back to on.

To protect the wiper motor fromoverheating, the wipers may slowdown when the windshield is dry for along period of time. If a period of dryoperation, or little moisture, exceeds10 minutes, the wipers may switch tointermittent operation, and remainthere. When moisture is againdetected on the windshield, wiperoperation will return to the operatorselected speed.

Although the circuit is protected fromelectrical overload, overload due toheavy snow or ice may cause wiper


VEHICLE CARE 265

linkage damage. Always clear ice andheavy snow from the windshieldbefore using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit BreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused by electricalproblems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuit breakers.Use of an oversized fuse or circuitbreaker can result in a vehicle fire.You and others could be seriouslyinjured or killed.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replace abad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage can betemporarily borrowed from anotherfuse location, if a fuse goes out.Replace the fuse as soon as possible.

Engine Compartment FuseBlockThe engine compartment fuse block ison the passenger side of the enginecompartment.

Lift the fuse block cover to access thefuses.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses and relays shown.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep the coverson any electrical component.


266 VEHICLE CARE

Fuses Usage

1 Long range radarfront sensor

2 Park/Daytimerunning lamps

3 Exterior lightingmodule 4


5 Headlamp level

Fuses Usage

6 –

7 Electronic brakecontrol module

8 Washer pump

9 –

10 –

11 –

12 Horn

Fuses Usage

13 Front wiper





18 Aero shutter

19 –

20 –

21 Virtual key system/Power soundermodule

22 –

23 Transmission controlmodule

24 Active engine mount

25 –

26 Engine controlmodule


VEHICLE CARE 267

Fuses Usage

27 Injectors/Ignition 2

28 Charged air cooler

29 Transmissioncoolant pump

30 Injectors/Ignition 1

31 Emissions 1

32 Emissions 2

33 Starter solenoid

34 –

35 Coolant pump

36 Starter pinion

37 AC clutch

38 –

39 –

40 –

41 –

42 Water pump

43 –

44 –

Relays Usage

47 –

48 Front wiper speed

49 Front wiper control

51 –


53 Starter solenoid

54 Starter pinion

55 –

57 AC clutch

58 –

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block is inthe end of the driver side of theinstrument panel.

To access the fuses, remove the endpanel by gently prying with a plastictool near each clip, beginning at thepoint shown.


268 VEHICLE CARE

To install the end cover, insert thetabs on the back of the cover into theslots in the instrument panel at thepoints shown. Align the clips with theslots in the instrument panel, andpress the cover into place.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses and relays shown.

Fuses Usage

1 –

2 HVAC blower

3 –

4 –

5 Theft deterrent/Universal garage dooropener

6 –

Fuses Usage

7 Air quality ionizer

8 Heated steering wheel

9 –

10 Electronic steeringcolumn lock 1

11 –

12 –

13 –


VEHICLE CARE 269

Fuses Usage

14 –

15 –

16 –

17 –

18 Display/Infotainment/USB

19 Airbag/Automaticoccupant sensing/Data link connection/Wireless chargingmodule

20 Power steeringcolumn module/Electronic steeringcolumn lock 2

21 –

22 –

23 –

24 –

25 USB

26 –

27 –

Fuses Usage

28 –

29 –

30 –

31 Headlamp level

32 –

33 Body ignition/IPignition

34 Exhaust valve

35 Transmission controlmodule ignition/Engine controlmodule ignition/Shiftignition/Brakeignition

36 Shift module

37 Body controlmodule 1/Electronicpark brake switch

38 Center stack module

39 Steering wheelcontrols

40 Body controlmodule 2

Fuses Usage



CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Auxiliary poweroutlet 1

CB2 Auxiliary poweroutlet 2

Relays Usage

1 Run after park/Accessory

2 Run crank

3 –

4 –

5 –


270 VEHICLE CARE

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the driver side ofthe rear compartment.

The vehicle may not be equipped withall of the fuses, relays, and featuresshown.

Fuses Usage

1 Remote functionactuator

Fuses Usage


3 Driver heated seat

4 Fuel tank zonemodule

5 –

6 –

7 –

8 –

9 –

10 Motor seat beltpassenger

11 Canister ventsolenoid

12 Sunroof

13 –

14 –

15 Passengerheated seat

16 –

17 Electronic suspensioncontrol


VEHICLE CARE 271

Fuses Usage

18 –

19 Motor seat belt driver

20 Rear defog

21 DC to DCtransformer 2

22 Driver power windowdoor lock switch

23 External objectcalculating module/Front camera module

24 Passenger windowdoor lock switch

25 –

26 Trailer

27 Rear drive controlmodule

28 –

29 –

30 –

31 DC to DCtransformer 1

Fuses Usage

32 Transfer caseelectronic control

33 Central gatewaymodule - side blindzone alert

34 Video processingmodule

35 Hands free closurerelease


37 Passenger memoryseat module

38 Trailer 2

39 Right front/Right rearwindow

40 –

41 –

42 Amplifier

43 Park assist module

44 Driver memory seatmodule

45 OnStar

Fuses Usage

46 –

47 –

48 –

49 Trailer

50 Driver seat

51 Left front/Left rearwindow

52 Passenger seat

Relays Usage

53 –

54 –

55 Run


272 VEHICLE CARE

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. See thewarranty manual for informationregarding the tire warranty andwhere to get service. Foradditional information refer to thetire manufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowoutand a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash could causeserious injury. Check alltires frequently tomaintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keeptires at the recommendedpressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If the treadis badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires that havebeen damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or an authorizedtire service center shouldrepair, replace, dismount,and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for High-SpeedOperation 0 280 for inflationpressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.


VEHICLE CARE 273

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come with all-seasontires. These tires are designed toprovide good overall performance onmost road surfaces and weatherconditions. Original equipment tiresdesigned to GM's specific tireperformance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto thesidewall. Original equipmentall-season tires can be identified bythe last two characters of this TPCcode, which will be “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires on thevehicle if frequent driving on snow orice-covered roads is expected.All-season tires provide adequateperformance for most winter drivingconditions, but they may not offer thesame level of traction or performanceas winter tires on snow or ice-coveredroads. See Winter Tires 0 273.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-covered

roads. Consider installing winter tireson the vehicle if frequent driving onice or snow covered roads is expected.See your dealer for details regardingwinter tire availability and proper tireselection. Also, see Buying New Tires0 287.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction, increasedroad noise, and shorter tread life.After changing to winter tires, be alertfor changes in vehicle handling andbraking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, and speedrating as the original equipmenttires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, may have hadrun-flat tires. There is no spare tire,no tire changing equipment, and noplace to store a tire in the vehicle.

The vehicle also has a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS) that indicatesa loss of tire pressure in any of thetires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning light displayson the instrument cluster, thehandling capabilities will bereduced during severe maneuvers.Driving too fast could cause loss ofcontrol and you or others could beinjured. Do not drive over 80 km/h(50 mph) when the low tire warninglight is displayed. Drive cautiouslyand check the tire pressures assoon as possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road to changethe tire. Continue driving; however, do


274 VEHICLE CARE

not drive too far or too fast. Drivingon the tire may not be possible ifthere is permanent damage. Toprevent permanent damage, the tirecan be driven with no air pressure forup to 80 km (50 mi) at speeds slowerthan 80 km/h (50 mph) when carryinga load of driver plus three passengers.When carrying a heavier load, totaldistance driven without air will bereduced. As soon as possible, contactthe nearest authorized GM or run-flatservicing facility for inspection andrepair or replacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When atire has been damaged, or driven anydistance while deflated, check with anauthorized run-flat tire service centerto determine whether the tire can berepaired or should be replaced. Tomaintain the run-flat feature, allreplacement tires must be run-flattires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

Self-Sealing TiresThis vehicle may have self-sealingtires. These tires have a materialinside that can seal punctures up to6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area. Thetire may lose air pressure if thesidewall is damaged or the treadpuncture is too large. If the TirePressure Monitor System indicates thetire pressure is low, inspect the tire fordamage and inflate it to therecommended pressure. If the tire isunable to maintain the recommendedpressure, contact the nearestauthorized GM servicing facilityimmediately for inspection and repairor replacement. To locate the nearestGM servicing facility, call GMCustomer Assistance.

Caution

Do not drive on a deflatedself-sealing tire as this coulddamage the tire. Make sure the tireis inflated to the recommendedpressure or have it immediatelyrepaired or replaced.

When tire replacement is neededreplace with a self-sealing tire,because the vehicle does not comewith a spare tire or tire changingequipment.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has 245/40R19 94V,245/40R19 94Y, or 255/35R20 sizetires, they are classified aslow-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage can occurwhen coming into contact withroad hazards like potholes, or sharpedged objects, or when sliding intoa curb. The warranty does not coverthis type of damage. Keep tires setto the correct inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.


VEHICLE CARE 275

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

This vehicle may come with maycome with 245/40ZR19 94Y highperformance summer tires. These tireshave a special tread and compoundthat are optimized for maximum dryand wet road performance. Thisspecial tread and compound will havedecreased performance in coldclimates, and on ice and snow. It isrecommended that winter tires beinstalled on the vehicle if frequentdriving at temperatures belowapproximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice orsnow covered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 273.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may develop surfacecracks in the tread area attemperatures below −7 °C (20 °F).Always store high performancesummer tires indoors and at

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

temperatures above −7 °C (20 °F)when not in use. If the tires havebeen subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) orless, let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Always inspecttires before use. See Tire Inspection0 285.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexample shows a typical passengertire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification) : Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification code


276 VEHICLE CARE

molded onto the sidewall. GM'sTPC specifications meet or exceedall federal safety guidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of Manufacture :The last four digits of the TINindicate the tire manufactureddate. The first two digits representthe week (01-52) and the last twodigits, the year. For example, thethird week of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows the manufacturerand plant code, tire size, and datethe tire was manufactured. The

TIN is molded onto both sides ofthe tire, although only one sidemay have the date ofmanufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire Quality Grading0 289.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and the maximumpressure needed to supportthat load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter “P” as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tire andRim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters from sidewallto sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.


VEHICLE CARE 277

For example, if the tire size aspectratio is 60, as shown in item (3) ofthe illustration, it would meanthat the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire. Theletter “R” means radial plyconstruction; the letter “D” meansdiagonal or bias ply construction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of the tire.The load index represents the loadcarrying capacity a tire is certifiedto carry. The speed rating is themaximum speed a tire is certifiedto carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount of airinside the tire pressing outwardon each square inch of the tire.Air pressure is expressed in kPa(kilopascal) or psi (pounds persquare inch).

Accessory Weight : The combinedweight of optional accessories.Some examples of optionalaccessories are automatictransmission, power windows,power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationship ofa tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline of thetread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amountof air pressure in a tire, measuredin kPa (kilopascal) or psi (poundsper square inch) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving. SeeTire Pressure 0 279.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, andcoolant, but without passengersand cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT code includesthe Tire Identification Number(TIN), an alphanumeric designator


278 VEHICLE CARE

which can also identify the tiremanufacturer, production plant,brand, and date of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 160.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unitfor air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 thatcorresponds to the load carryingcapacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : The loadrating for a tire at the maximumpermissible inflation pressure forthat tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curb weight,accessory weight, vehicle capacityweight, and production optionsweight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 160.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bears whitelettering, or bears manufacturer,brand, and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeperthan the same moldings on theother sidewall of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehicle manufacturer'srecommended tire inflationpressure as shown on thetire placard. See Tire Pressure0 279 andVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the ply cords that extendto the beads are laid at 90 degreesto the centerline of the tread.


VEHICLE CARE 279

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beads areseated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicatingthe maximum speed at which atire can operate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the tread ofa tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)of tread remains. See When It IsTime for New Tires 0 286.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for a tire'straction, temperature, and

treadwear. Ratings are determinedby tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 289.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargoload. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 160.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to a vehicleshowing the vehicle capacityweight and the original equipmenttire size and recommendedinflation pressure. See “Tire andLoading Information Label” underVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operate effectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tires thatdo not have enough air, canresult in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating, which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, can result in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.(Continued)


280 VEHICLE CARE

Warning (Continued)

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel on the vehicle indicates theoriginal equipment tires and thecorrect cold tire inflationpressures. The recommendedpressure is the minimum airpressure needed to support thevehicle's maximum load carryingcapacity. See Vehicle Load Limits0 160.

How the vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ride comfort.Never load the vehicle with moreweight than it was designed tocarry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of your tiresonce a month or more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been driven forat least three hours or no morethan 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve to getthe pressure measurement. If thecold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label, no furtheradjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the center of

the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, puts additionalstrain on tires. Sustainedhigh-speed driving causes excessiveheat buildup and can cause suddentire failure. This could cause acrash, and you or others could bekilled. Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressure

(Continued)


VEHICLE CARE 281

Warning (Continued)

adjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicle tobe driven at high speeds, make surethe tires are rated for high-speedoperation, are in excellentcondition, and are set to the correctcold tire inflation pressure for thevehicle load.

Vehicles with 245/40ZR19 94Y sizetires require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold tire inflationpressure to 290 kPa (42 psi).

Vehicles with 245/40R19 94V or245/45R18 96V size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment whendriving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.Set the cold tire inflation pressure to280 kPa (41 psi).

Vehicles with 245/45R18 96W or255/35R20 97W size tires requireinflation pressure adjustment when

driving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set thecold tire inflation pressure to 300kPa (44 psi).

Sustained operation at speeds over160 km/h (100 mph) requires a loadlimit of the driver and one passenger,with no additional cargo. When loadedabove this level, up to the GVW, donot operate the vehicle above160 km/h (100 mph).

Return the tires to the recommendedcold tire inflation pressure whenhigh-speed driving has ended. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 160 andTire Pressure 0 279.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitor theair pressure in your tires and transmittire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to theinflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.


282 VEHICLE CARE

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver's responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation0 282.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). The TPMS isdesigned to warn the driver when alow tire pressure condition exists.TPMS sensors are mounted onto eachtire and wheel assembly, excluding thespare tire and wheel assembly. TheTPMS sensors monitor the airpressure in the tires and transmit thetire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition isdetected, the TPMS illuminates thelow tire pressure warning light locatedon the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop as soonas possible and inflate the tires to therecommended pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 160.

A message to check the pressure in aspecific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The low tirepressure warning light and the DICwarning message come on at eachignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tire pressurelevels can be viewed. For additionalinformation and details about the DICoperation and displays see DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.


VEHICLE CARE 283

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that the airpressure is getting low and needs tobe inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label,attached to your vehicle, shows thesize of the original equipment tiresand the correct inflation pressure forthe tires when they are cold. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 160, for anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its location.Also see Tire Pressure 0 279.

The TPMS can warn about a low tirepressure condition but it does notreplace normal tire maintenance.See Tire Inspection 0 285,Tire Rotation 0 285 andTires 0 272.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properly ifone or more of the TPMS sensors aremissing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the lowtire pressure warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignition cycle.A DIC warning message also displays.The malfunction light and DICwarning message come on at eachignition cycle until the problem iscorrected. Some of the conditions thatcan cause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have a TPMSsensor. The malfunction light andDIC message should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See “TPMSSensor Matching Process” later inthis section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. The malfunctionlight and the DIC message shouldgo off after successfullycompleting the sensor matchingprocess.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. See yourdealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheels


284 VEHICLE CARE

other than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 287.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. See yourdealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecomes on and stays on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turn signallamp will stop flashing andbriefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could cause thetire to rupture and you or otherscould be injured. Do not exceed themaximum pressure listed on thetire sidewall. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 275 andVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

If the tire is overinflated by more than35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will soundmultiple times and the turn signallamp will continue to flash for severalseconds after filling stops. To release

and correct the pressure, while theturn signal lamp is still flashing,briefly press the center of the valvestem. When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers are on,the tire fill alert visual feedback willnot work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tire fillalert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from the inflationdevice is not sufficient to inflatethe tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in the hornor turn signal lamps.


VEHICLE CARE 285. The identification code of the

TPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use a tirepressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process— Auto Learn Function

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. When a tire isinstalled, the vehicle must bestationary for about 20 minutes beforethe system recalculates. The followingrelearn process takes up to10 minutes, driving at a minimumspeed of 20 km/h (12 mph). A dash (-)or pressure value will display in the

DIC. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 116. A warning messagedisplays in the DIC if a problemoccurs during the relearn process.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspected forsigns of wear or damage at leastonce a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three or moreplaces around the tire canbe seen.

. There is cord or fabric showingthrough the tire's rubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snagged deepenough to show cord or fabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because of thesize or location of the damage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 309.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. The firstrotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed,rotate the tires as soon aspossible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Time forNew Tires 0 286 andWheel Replacement 0 290.


286 VEHICLE CARE

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compact sparetire, do not include it in the tirerotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label after the tireshave been rotated. See TirePressure 0 279 andVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 282.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 322.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it is fastened,can make wheel nuts becomeloose after time. The wheelcould come off and cause acrash. When changing a wheel,remove any rust or dirt fromplaces where the wheel attachesto the vehicle. In an emergency,a cloth or a paper towel can beused; however, use a scraper orwire brush later to remove allrust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening with wheelbearing grease after a wheelchange or tire rotation to preventcorrosion or rust buildup. Do not

get grease on the wheel mountingsurface or on the wheel nuts orbolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds, vehicleloading, and road conditions affect thewear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear when thetires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or


VEHICLE CARE 287

less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 285 andTire Rotation 0 285.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factors includingtemperatures, loading conditions, andinflation pressure maintenance affecthow fast aging takes place. GMrecommends that tires, including thespare if equipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digits representthe week (01–52) and the last twodigits, the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Park avehicle that will be stored for at leasta month in a cool, dry, clean areaaway from direct sunlight to slow

aging. This area should be free ofgrease, gasoline, or other substancesthat can deteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires that mayresult in vibrations while driving.When storing a vehicle for at least amonth, remove the tires or raise thevehicle to reduce the weight from thetires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec) systemrating. When replacement tires areneeded, GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Spec systemconsiders over a dozen criticalspecifications that impact theoverall performance of the vehicle,including brake system

performance, ride and handling,traction control, and tire pressuremonitoring performance. GM'sTPC Spec number is molded ontothe tire's sidewall near the tiresize. If the tires have an all-seasontread design, the TPC Specnumber will be followed by MS formud and snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 275.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handling performancemay be adversely affected if all thetires are not replaced at the sametime. If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done, allfour tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 285. However, if it isnecessary to replace only one axleset of worn tires, place the newtires on the rear axle.


288 VEHICLE CARE

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H, V,W, Y and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tires’maximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attempting tomount or dismount a tire couldcause injury or death. Only yourdealer or authorized tire servicecenter should mount ordismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may cause lossof control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or other

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle damage. Use the correctsize, brand, and type of tires onall wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheel rimflanges to develop cracks aftermany miles of driving. A tireand/or wheel could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. Use onlyradial-ply tires with the wheelson the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size, loadrange, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tire pressuremonitoring system could give aninaccurate low-pressure warning ifnon-TPC Spec rated tires areinstalled. See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 281.

The Tire and Loading Informationlabel indicates the originalequipment tires on the vehicle.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 160.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed that area different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also be affected.


VEHICLE CARE 289

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. This increasesthe chance of a crash and seriousinjury. Only use GM specific wheeland tire systems developed for thevehicle, and have them properlyinstalled by a GM certifiedtechnician.

See Buying New Tires 0 287 andAccessories and Modifications 0 240.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in the

United States. The grades aremolded on the sidewalls of mostpassenger car tires. The UniformTire Quality Grading (UTQG)system does not apply to deeptread, winter tires, compact sparetires, tires with nominal rimdiameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, they mustalso conform to federal safetyrequirements and additionalGeneral Motors Tire PerformanceCriteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder andmaximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half(1½) times as well on thegovernment course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differencesin road characteristics andclimate.


290 VEHICLE CARE

Traction

The traction grades, from highestto lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire'sability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlledconditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance. Warning: Thetraction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representingthe tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its abilityto dissipate heat when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature

can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperature canlead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passengercar tires must meet under theFederal Motor Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.Warning: The temperature gradefor this tire is established for a tirethat is properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were aligned andbalanced at the factory to provide thelongest tire life and best overallperformance. Adjustments to wheel

alignment and tire balancing are notnecessary on a regular basis. Consideran alignment check if there is unusualtire wear or the vehicle is significantlypulling to one side or the other. Someslight pull to the left or right,depending on the crown of the roadand/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts, is normal.If the vehicle is vibrating when drivingon a smooth road, the tires andwheels may need to be rebalanced.See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted or corroded.If wheel nuts keep coming loose, thewheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nutsshould be replaced. If the wheel leaksair, replace it. Some aluminum wheelscan be repaired. See your dealer if anyof these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have the sameload-carrying capacity, diameter,width, offset, and be mounted thesame way as the one it replaces.


VEHICLE CARE 291

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) sensors with new GM originalequipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nutscan be dangerous. It could affectthe braking and handling of thevehicle. Tires can lose air, andcause loss of control, causing acrash. Always use the correct wheel,wheel bolts, and wheel nuts forreplacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer or odometercalibration, headlamp aim, bumperheight, vehicle ground clearance,and tire or tire chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a used oneis dangerous. How it has been usedor how far it has been driven maybe unknown. It could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. When replacingwheels, use a new GM originalequipment wheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 235/40R18 or235/35R19 size tires, do not use tirechains. There is not enoughclearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amountof clearance can cause damage tothe brakes, suspension, or othervehicle parts. The area damaged bythe tire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use another

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

type of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove the tractiondevice if it contacts the vehicle. Donot spin the wheels. If tractiondevices are used, install them onthe rear tires.

Caution

If the vehicle is equipped with225/45R17 size tires, use tire chainsonly where legal and only whennecessary. Use low profile chainsthat add no more than 12 mmthickness to the tire tread and innersidewall. Use chains that are theproper size for the tires. Installthem on the tires of the rear axle.

(Continued)


292 VEHICLE CARE

Caution (Continued)

Don't use chains on the tires of thefront axle. Tighten them as tightlyas possible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and followthe chain manufacturer'sinstructions. If the chains contactthe vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues, slowdown until it stops. Driving too fastor spinning the wheels with chainson will damage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tires aremaintained properly. If air goes out ofa tire, it is much more likely to leakout slowly. See Tires 0 272 foradditional information. But if thereever is a blowout, here are a few tipsabout what to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire createsa drag that pulls the vehicle towardthat side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steeringwheel firmly. Steer to maintain laneposition, and then gently brake to astop, well off the road, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid and mayrequire the same correction as used ina skid. Stop pressing the acceleratorpedal and steer to straighten thevehicle. It may be very bumpy andnoisy. Gently brake to a stop, well offthe road, if possible.

The vehicle has no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no place tostore a tire.

If the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. See Run-FlatTires 0 273.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tire.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur. Alwaysbe sure the proper tools andprocedures, as described in theservice manual, are used.

If the vehicle has self-sealing tires, seeSelf-Sealing Tires 0 274. Treadpunctures typically will not cause tiresto lose air. However, if the vehicledoes get a flat tire, there is no sparetire, tire changing equipment, or placeto store a tire. Contact RoadsideAssistance for help.


VEHICLE CARE 293

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 259.

If the battery has run down, try to useanother vehicle and some jumpercables to start your vehicle. Be sure touse the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. WASHHANDS AFTER HANDLING. Formore information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition 65 Warning0 239 and the back cover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They can bedangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of these thingscan hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could result incostly damage to the vehicle thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Trying to start the vehicleby pushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

1. Discharged Battery RemotePositive Terminal

2. Discharged Battery NegativeGrounding Point

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start positive terminal (4)and negative post (3) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.


294 VEHICLE CARE

The jump start remote positiveterminal (1) and the remote negativegrounding point (2) for the dischargedbattery are on the passenger side ofthe vehicle.

The positive jump start connection forthe discharged battery is under acover. Lift the cover to expose theterminal.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12-volt battery with anegative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have a12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so thatthey are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmly andput the vehicle in P (Park) withan automatic transmission,or Neutral with a manualtransmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jump startingprocedure, they could be damaged.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Wheneverpossible, turn off or unplug allaccessories on either vehicle whenjump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not running andcan injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode. Peoplehave been hurt doing this, andsome have been blinded. Use aflashlight if you need more light.

Battery fluid contains acid that canburn you. Do not get it on you.If you accidentally get it in youreyes or on your skin, flush the placewith water and get medical helpimmediately.


VEHICLE CARE 295

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engine partscan injure you badly. Keep yourhands away from moving partsonce the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of the goodbattery.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step. Theother end of the negative (–)cable does not go to the deadbattery. It goes to a heavy,unpainted metal engine part.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding point forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, it probablyneeds service.

Caution

If the jumper cables are connectedor removed in the wrong order,electrical shorting may occur anddamage the vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always connect andremove the jumper cables in thecorrect order, making sure that thecables do not touch each other orother metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicle andremoving the jumper cables, allow itto idle for several minutes.


296 VEHICLE CARE

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lash orhook to suspension components.Use the proper straps around thetires to secure the vehicle. Do notdrag a locked wheel/tire. Use tireskates or dollies under any lockedwheel/tire while loading the vehicle.Do not use a sling type lift to towthe vehicle. This could damage thevehicle.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye candamage the vehicle. If equipped, usethe tow eye to load a disabledvehicle onto a flatbed tow truckfrom a flat road surface, or to movethe vehicle a short distance. Usecaution and low speeds. Thetransmission must bein (N) Neutral when moving thevehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approach angles,if necessary. A towed vehicle shouldhave its drive wheels off the ground.Contact Roadside Service or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed. SeeRoadside Service 0 329.

Tow Eye

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye candamage the vehicle. If equipped, usethe tow eye to load a disabledvehicle onto a flatbed tow truckfrom a flat road surface, or to movethe vehicle a short distance. Usecaution and low speeds. Thetransmission must bein (N) Neutral when moving thevehicle.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrier froma flat road surface. Do not use the toweye to pull the vehicle from snow,mud, or sand.


VEHICLE CARE 297

Front Tow Eye

Carefully open the cover in the fasciaby using the small notch that concealsthe tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket andturn it until it is fully tightened. Whenthe tow eye is removed, reinstall thecover with the notch in the originalposition.

Rear Tow Eye

If equipped, carefully open the coverby using the small notch that concealsthe rear tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket andturn it until it is fully tightened. Whenthe tow eye is removed, reinstall thecover with the notch in the originalposition.

Recreational VehicleTowing

Caution

Dolly towing or dinghy towing thevehicle may cause damage becauseof reduced ground clearance.Always put the vehicle on a flatbedtruck or trailer.

The vehicle was neither designed norintended to be towed with any of itswheels on the ground. If the vehiclemust be towed, see Towing the Vehicle0 296.


298 VEHICLE CARE

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants0 318.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish, washit often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents as theycan damage the vehicle's paint,metal, or plastic parts. If damageoccurs, it would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Approvedcleaning products can be obtainedfrom your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

correct product usage, necessarysafety precautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressure washescloser than 30 cm (12 in) to thesurface of the vehicle. Use of powerwashers exceeding 8 274 kPa(1,200 psi) can result in damage orremoval of paint and decals.

Caution

Do not power wash any componentunder the hood that has thisesymbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle, wheelsand ground effects. Automatic carwashes are not recommended, dueto lack of clearance for theundercarriage and/or wide rear tiresand wheels.

If using an automatic car wash, followthe car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that may bedamaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washingand after, to remove all cleaningagents completely. If they are allowedto dry on the surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.


VEHICLE CARE 299

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfaces aredamaged, see your dealer to have thedamage assessed and repaired. Foreignmaterials such as calcium chlorideand other salts, ice melting agents,road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings, chemicals from industrialchimneys, etc., can damage thevehicle's finish if they remain onpainted surfaces. Wash the vehicle assoon as possible. If necessary, usenon-abrasive cleaners that are markedsafe for painted surfaces to removeforeign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. See yourdealer for approved cleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals,simulated wood, or flat paint asdamage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damageit. Use only non-abrasive waxes andpolishes that are made for abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish onthe vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can result ina hazy white finish or pitting. Thisdamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To prevent damage,always follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool to thetouch before applying any cleaningsolution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Some cleanersare highly acidic or containalkaline substances and candamage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soap toclean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems,


300 VEHICLE CARE

decals, and stripes. Follow instructionsunder "Washing the Vehicle"previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic, andsome have a UV protective coating. Donot clean or wipe them when dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or otherharsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessive heatgenerated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properly cancause damage to the lamp coverthat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss black finishstripes can increase the gloss leveland create a non-uniform finish.Clean low gloss stripes with soapand water only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakesbetween the hood and windshieldwhen washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

The vehicle may have a shuttersystem designed to help increase fueleconomy. Keep the shutter systemclean for proper operation.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning the blades.


VEHICLE CARE 301

Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildupof vehicle wash/wax treatments maycause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dusty conditions,sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks from rubbermaterial on painted surfaces can beremoved by rubbing with a cleancloth. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 318.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tire dressingproducts on the vehicle maydamage the paint finish and/ortires. When applying a tire dressing,always wipe off any overspray fromall painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soapand water to clean the wheels. Afterrinsing thoroughly with clean water,dry with a soft, clean towel. A waxmay then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chrome wheeltrim may be damaged if the vehicleis not washed after driving on roadsthat have been sprayed withmagnesium chloride or calciumchloride. These are used on roadsfor conditions such as dust and ice.Always wash the chrome with soapand water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage on wheelsand wheel trim, do not use strongsoaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes,cleaners, or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drive thevehicle through an automatic carwash that uses silicon carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damagecould occur and the repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines and hosesfor proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brakepads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect brake linings/shoesfor wear or cracks. Inspect all otherbrake parts.


302 VEHICLE CARE

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering, suspension,and chassis components for damaged,loose, or missing parts or signs ofwear at least once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hoodhinges, liftgate hinges, and the steelfuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstrips with aclean cloth will make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush any corrosivematerials from the underbody. Takecare to thoroughly clean any areaswhere mud and other debris cancollect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe fluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfer caseand/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged and requiressheet metal repair or replacement,make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material toparts repaired or replaced to restorecorrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care” previously inthis section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’s interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mild soapsolution, immediately remove handlotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designed forthe surfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage. Apply all cleanersdirectly to the cleaning cloth. Do notspray cleaners on any switches orcontrols. Remove cleaners quickly.


VEHICLE CARE 303

Before using cleaners, read and followall safety instructions on the label.While cleaning the interior, open thedoors and windows to get properventilation.

To prevent damage, do not clean theinterior using the following cleanersor techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surface aggressivelyor with too much pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners, useapproximately 20 drops per 3.8 L(1 gal) of water. A concentratedsoap solution will create streaksand attract dirt. Do not usesolutions that contain strong orcaustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercial glasscleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six months ofownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will not bedamaged. Clean spots with water andmild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surface usinga soft brush attachment. If a rotatingvacuum brush attachment is beingused, only use it on the floor carpet.Before cleaning, gently remove asmuch of the soil as possible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as much aspossible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth is recommendedto prevent lint transfer to thefabric or carpet.


304 VEHICLE CARE

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning cloth toa clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completely removed,it may be necessary to use acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. Test a small hidden area forcolorfastness before using acommercial upholstery cleaner or spotlifter. If ring formation occurs, cleanthe entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First, usea soft bristle brush to remove dirt thatcan scratch the surface. Then gentlyclean by rubbing with a microfibercloth. Never use window cleaners orsolvents. Periodically hand wash themicrofiber cloth separately, using mildsoap. Do not use bleach or fabricsoftener. Rinse thoroughly and air drybefore next use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. This maycause damage and would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl,Other Plastic Surfaces, LowGloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith water to remove dust and loosedirt. For a more thorough cleaning,use a soft microfiber cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, as wellas other interior surfaces, maycause permanent damage. Wipeexcess moisture from these surfacesafter cleaning and allow them todry naturally. Never use heat,steam, or spot removers. Do not usecleaners that contain silicone orwax-based products. Cleanerscontaining these solvents canpermanently change the appearanceand feel of leather or soft trim, andare not recommended.


VEHICLE CARE 305

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plastics andpainted surfaces. If an air freshenercomes in contact with any plasticor painted surface in the vehicle,blot immediately and clean with asoft cloth dampened with a mildsoap solution. Damage caused byair fresheners would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water,and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, they mightnot be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean and rinse seat beltwebbing only with mild soap andlukewarm water. Allow the webbingto dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size or isnot properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distancewhich can cause a crash and injury.Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floor matswere designed for your vehicle.If the floor mats need replacing, itis recommended that GM certifiedfloor mats be purchased. Non-GMfloor mats may not fit properlyand may interfere with the pedals.Always check that the floor matsdo not interfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with the correctside up. Do not turn it over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat on thedriver side.

. Do not place one floor mat on topof another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.


306 VEHICLE CARE

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place. Verifythe floor mat does not interferewith the pedals.


SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE 307

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application Services . . . . . 314

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describes therequired maintenance for the vehicle.Follow this schedule to help protectagainst major repair expensesresulting from neglect or inadequatemaintenance. It may also help tomaintain the value of the vehicle if itis sold. It is the responsibility of theowner to have all requiredmaintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and online schedulingto assist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importanceof providing competitively pricedmaintenance and repair services. Withtrained technicians, the dealer is the

place for routine maintenance such asoil changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Maintenanceintervals, checks, inspections,recommended fluids, and lubricantsare important to keep the vehicle ingood working condition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GM performedon the vehicle. The use of flushes,solvents, cleaners, or lubricants thatare not approved by GM coulddamage the vehicle, requiringexpensive repairs that are notcovered by the vehicle warranty.


308 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy, andreduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more frequentchecks and services. The AdditionalRequired Services - Normal are forvehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargo withinrecommended limits on the Tireand Loading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 160.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal driving limits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel (LSY 2.0L L4Engine) 0 226 orRecommended Fuel (LGY 3.0LV6 Engine) 0 227.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed or competitivedriving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can cause seriousinjury. Perform maintenance workonly if the required information,proper tools, and equipment areavailable. If they are not, see yourdealer to have a trained techniciando the work. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 240.



Maintenance ScheduleOwner Checks and Services

Check the engine oil level. See EngineOil 0 246.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 279.

. Inspect the tires for wear. See TireInspection 0 285.

. Check the windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 257.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km (600 mi). If drivenunder the best conditions, the engineoil life system may not indicate theneed for vehicle service for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter must bechanged at least once a year and theoil life system must be reset. Yourtrained dealer technician can performthis work. If the engine oil life systemis reset accidentally, service the

vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed. SeeEngine Oil Life System 0 248.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years. Thisservice requires replacement of thedesiccant to help the longevity andefficient operation of the airconditioning system. This service canbe complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km(7,500 mi)

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform the followingservices. See Tire Rotation 0 285.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter,and reset oil life system. SeeEngine Oil 0 246 andEngine Oil Life System 0 248.

. Inspect the engine air cleanerfilter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 250.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 251.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 257.

. Check tire inflation pressures. SeeTire Pressure 0 279.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 285.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. See ExteriorCare 0 298.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage, includingcracks or tears in the rubber boots,loose or missing parts, or signs ofwear at least once a year. SeeExterior Care 0 298.

. Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.


310 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. Visually inspect halfshafts and

drive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint or universaljoint looseness, cracked or missingboots, loose or missing bootclamps, center bearing excessivelooseness, loose or missingfasteners, and axle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 57.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields for looseor damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 298.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 260.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check 0 261.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut for signsof wear, cracks, or other damage.Check the hold open ability of thestrut. If the hold open is low,service the gas strut. See GasStrut(s) 0 262.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 37.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. (1) Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/orboots.

@ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5)

@

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with limited slipdifferential. (5)

@ @ @

Change rear axle fluid, without limited slipdifferential. (5)

@

Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (5) @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (9) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (10)

@ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (11)



Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Normal

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 285.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment airfilter replacement may also be neededif there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 250.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe transfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles and shouldbe replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System 0 251.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 258.

(9) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 261.

(10) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 262.

(11) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

12000km/7

,500mi

24000km/1

5,000mi

36000km/2

2,500mi

48000km/3

0,000mi

60000km/3

7,500mi

72000km/4

5,000mi

84000km/5

2,500mi

96000km/6

0,000mi

108000km/6

7,500mi

120000km/7

5,000mi

132000km/8

2,500mi

144000km/9

0,000mi

156000km/9

7,500mi

168000km/1

05,000mi

180000km/1

12,500mi

192000km/1

20,000mi

204000km/1

27,500mi

216000km/1

35,000mi

228000km/1

42,500mi

240000km/1

50,000mi

Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, andperform Required Services. (1) Check engine oil leveland oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter,if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/orboots.

@ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped withAWD. (5)

@ @ @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with limited slipdifferential. (5)

@ @ @

Change rear axle fluid, without limited slipdifferential. (5)

@ @

Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. (5) @ @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @

Replace brake fluid. (8)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (9) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (10)

@ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (11)



Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services -Severe

(1) Vehicles with different size frontand rear tires do not have tirerotation. See Tire Rotation 0 285.

(2) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequent passengercompartment air filter replacementmay be needed if driving in areas withheavy traffic, poor air quality, highdust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment airfilter replacement may also be neededif there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealer canhelp determine when to replace thefilter.

(3) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for proper attachment,connection, routing, and condition.

(4) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 250.

(5) Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure water canovercome the seals and contaminatethe transfer case fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles and shouldbe replaced.

(6) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System 0 251.

(7) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage; replace,if needed.

(8) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 258.

(9) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 261.

(10) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 262.

(11) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles

Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 298.



Additional Maintenanceand CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additional maintenanceservices may be required.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — their traineddealer technicians know your vehiclebest. Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with amulti-point inspection to recommendwhen your vehicle may needattention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditions tolook for that may indicate services arerequired.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies power tostart the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs of crackingor splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the belts and recommendadjustment or replacement whennecessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucialto safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipment toinspect the brakes and recommendquality parts engineered for thevehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approved fluidsprotect the vehicle’s systems andcomponents. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants 0 318 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshield washerfluid levels should be checked atevery fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to be filled.



Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and should beregularly inspected to ensure thatthere are no cracks or leaks. With amulti-point inspection, your dealercan inspect the hoses and advise ifreplacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage. Thebrake lamps need to be checkedperiodically to ensure that theylight when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may include steeringwheel vibration, bounce/swaywhile braking, longer stoppingdistance, or uneven tire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs ofleaking, blown seals, or damage,and can advise when service isneeded.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel, andcan reduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cord

or fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in the treador sidewall; or a bulge or split inthe tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can also providetire/wheel balancing services toensure smooth vehicle operationat all speeds. Your dealer sells andservices name brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 302 andExterior Care 0 298.



Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliver optimalwear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment may needto be adjusted include pulling,improper vehicle handling,or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure proper wheelalignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and the bestviewing, keep the windshield cleanand clear.

. Signs of damage include scratches,cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacement ifneeded.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleaned andkept in good condition to provide aclear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades and replacethem when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can beobtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. SeeCooling System 0 251.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade.ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 246.

Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch,Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl

Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.

Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-Wheel Drive) See your dealer.

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) See your dealer.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 84498926 A3245C

3.0L V6 Engine (Driver Side) 84335354 A3235C

3.0L V6 Engine (Passenger Side) 84335354 A3235C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 55495105 PF66

3.0L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter

Particulate 13508023 CF185

Carbon 23195727 CF184

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 55504354 41-103-IP

3.0L V6 Engine 12650283 41-131

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.62 in) 84566977 —

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.72 in) 84574892 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type ofservices performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


TECHNICAL DATA 321

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Service Parts Identification . . . . . . 321

Vehicle DataCapacities and Specifications . . . . 322Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . 324

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, on thedriver side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and Service Partslabels and certificates of title andregistration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is theengine code. This code identifies thevehicle's engine, specifications, andreplacement parts. See “Engine

Specifications” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 322 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service Parts IdentificationThere may be a large barcode on thecertification label on the center pillarthat you can scan for the followinginformation:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options

If there is not a large barcode on thislabel, then you will find this sameinformation on a label inside of thetrunk.


322 TECHNICAL DATA

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants0 318 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Brake Fluid 0.4 L 0.4 qt

Engine Cooling System*

2.0L L4 Engine 10.4 L 11.0 qt

3.0L V6 Engine with Rear Wheel Drive 12.1 L 12.8 qt

3.0L V6 Engine with All-Wheel Drive 12.3 L 13.0 qt

3.0L V6 Engine Intercoolers 3.1 L 3.3 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 5.0 L 5.3 qt

3.0L V6 Engine RWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

3.0L V6 Engine AWD 6.2 L 6.5 qt

Front Axle 0.40 L 0.42 qt


TECHNICAL DATA 323

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Rear Axle

Open Differential - Small 0.75 L 0.79 qt

Open Differential - Large 1.0 L 1.0 qt

Mechanical Limited Slip 1.0 L 1.0 qt

Electronic Limited Slip 1.5 L 1.5 qt

Fuel Tank 66.0 L 17.5 gal

Transfer Case – AWD 0.80 L 0.85 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual.Recheck fluid level after filling.

*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine (LSY) K Automatic 0.65–0.75 mm (0.025–0.029 in)

3.0L V6 Engine (LGY) W Automatic 0.65–0.75 mm (0.025–0.029 in)

Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage thespark plug.


324 TECHNICAL DATA

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine

3.0L V6 Engine


CUSTOMER INFORMATION 325

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Customer Assistance Offices . . . . 327Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . 327

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . 332Publication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . 335

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to theUnited States Government . . . . . 335

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . 336

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . 337OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toCadillac. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or the operationof the vehicle will be resolved by yourdealer's sales or service departments.Sometimes, however, despite the bestintentions of all concerned,misunderstandings can occur. If yourconcern has not been resolved to yoursatisfaction, the following stepsshould be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concerns canbe quickly resolved at that level. If thematter has already been reviewed withthe sales, service or parts manager,contact the owner of your dealershipor the general manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management, itappears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership without


326 CUSTOMER INFORMATION

further help, in the U.S., call theCadillac Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800–458–8006. In Canada, callthe Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre at 1-888-446-2000.

We encourage you to call the toll-freenumber in order to give your inquiryprompt attention. Have the followinginformation available to give theCustomer Assistance representative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date and presentmileage.

When contacting Cadillac, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : BothGeneral Motors and your dealer arecommitted to making sure you arecompletely satisfied with the newvehicle. However, if you continue toremain unsatisfied after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One andTwo, you can file with the BetterBusiness Bureau (BBB) Auto LineProgram to enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administered byBBB National Programs, Inc. to settleautomotive disputes regarding vehiclerepairs or the interpretation of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.Although you may be required toresort to this informal disputeresolution program prior to filing acourt action, use of the program isfree of charge and your case willgenerally be heard within 40 days.If you do not agree with the decisiongiven in your case, you may reject itand proceed with any other venue forrelief available to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-free telephonenumber or write them at the followingaddress:

BBB Auto Line ProgramBBB National Programs, Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District of Columbia.Eligibility is limited by vehicle age,mileage, and other factors. GeneralMotors reserves the right to changeeligibility limitations and/ordiscontinue its participation in thisprogram.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners :In the event that you do not feel yourconcerns have been addressed afterfollowing the procedure outlined inSteps One and Two, General Motors ofCanada Company wants you to beaware of its participation in a



no-charge mediation/arbitrationprogram. General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle service claims.The program provides for the reviewof the facts involved by an impartialthird party arbiter, and may includean informal hearing before the arbiter.The program is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe Cadillac Customer Care Centre,1-888-446-2000, or write to:

General Motors Cadillac CustomerCare CentreGeneral Motors of Canada CompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesCadillac encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Cadillac, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169www.Cadillac.com

1-800-458-80061-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephonedevices (TTYs))Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada CompanyCadillac Customer Care Centre, MailCode: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-888-446-2000 (English/French)Cadillac Roadside Service:1-800-882-1112

Overseas

Contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones (TTYs),Cadillac has TTY equipment availableat its Customer Assistance Center. AnyTTY user can communicate with



Cadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-2622.TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience (U.S.)my.cadillac.com

The Cadillac online owner experienceallows access to videos, articles, andvehicle health specific to your Cadillacas well as your OnStar Accountinformation all in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View printable dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers, andhours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls or search byVehicle Identification Number (VIN).See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 321.

H : Compare and shop for Cadillacand OnStar plans and services. ViewGM Card and SiriusXM information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.cadillac.com to register yourvehicle.

Cadillac Owner Centre (Canada)mycadillac.ca

Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre atmycadillac.ca (English) ormy.cadillac.ca (French) to accesssimilar benefits to the U.S. site.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available to qualifiedapplicants for cost reimbursement, upto certain limits, of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such as handcontrols or a wheelchair/scooter liftfor the vehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also has aMobility program. See www.gm.ca orcall 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.



Roadside ServiceU.S.: 1-800-224-1400.

Canada: 1-800-882-1112.

Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.Only): 1-888-889-2438.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Service

When calling Roadside Service, havethe following information ready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for the durationof the vehicle’s powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicleis covered. In Canada, a person drivingthe vehicle without permission fromthe owner is not covered.

Roadside Service is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue the RoadsideService program at any time withoutnotification.

General Motors North America andCadillac reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Cadillac Owner Privileges™. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identification beforethis service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Cadillac dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with a spare tire.The spare tire, if equipped, mustbe in good condition and properlyinflated. It is your responsibilityfor the repair or replacement ofthe tire if it is not covered by thewarranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: If your trip is interrupteddue to a warranty failure,incidental expenses may be



reimbursed during the Powertrainwarranty period. Items consideredare hotel, meals, and rental car ora vehicle being delivered back tothe customer, up to 500 miles.

Cadillac Technician RoadsideService (U.S. Only)

Cadillac's exceptional Roadside Serviceis more than an auto club or towingservice. It provides every Cadillacowner in the United States with theadvantage of contacting a Cadillacadvisor and, where available, aCadillac trained dealer technician whocan provide on-site service.

A dealer technician will travel to yourlocation within a 30-mile radius of aparticipating Cadillac dealership.If beyond this radius, we will arrangeto have your car towed to the nearestCadillac dealership. Each techniciantravels with a specially equippedservice vehicle complete with thenecessary Cadillac parts and toolsrequired to handle most roadsiderepairs.

Services Not Included inRoadside Service. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires, chains,or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicle isin an area that is not accessible to theservice vehicle or is not a regularlytraveled or maintained public road,which includes ice and winter roads.Off-road use is not covered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement is

up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel deliverymay be restricted. Propane andother fuels are not providedthrough this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andService: Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy of therepair orders are required. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Service advisor willhelp you make arrangements andexplain how to receive payment.Items considered are hotel, meals,and rental car or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer, upto 800 km.

. Alternative Service: If assistancecannot be provided right away, theRoadside Service advisor may giveyou permission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt toRoadside Service. Mechanicalfailures may be covered, howeverany cost for parts and labor forrepairs not covered by thewarranty are the ownerresponsibility.



Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointment andadvising the service consultant ofyour transportation needs, your dealercan help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service, unless,of course, the problem is safetyrelated. If it is, please call yourdealership, let them know this, andask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you are urgedto do so as early in the work day aspossible to allow for same-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada), extendedpowertrain, and/or hybrid-specificwarranties in both the U.S. andCanada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a partof the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.A separate manual entitled “LimitedWarranty and Owner AssistanceInformation” furnished with each newvehicle provides detailed warrantycoverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, your dealermay offer the following transportationoptions:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonable timeand distance parameters of yourdealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must be supportedby original receipts and within themaximum amount allowed by GM.If U.S. customers arrange their owntransportation, limited reimbursementfor reasonable fuel expenses may beavailable. Claim amounts shouldreflect actual costs and be supportedby original receipts. See your dealerfor information.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completed rentalagreement and meet state/provincial,local, and rental vehicle providerrequirements. Requirements vary andmay include minimum agerequirements, insurance coverage,credit card, etc. Additional fees suchas fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond the completionof the repair are also yourresponsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available at everydealer. Contact your dealer for specificavailability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at its solediscretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in a collisionand it is damaged, have the damagerepaired by a qualified technicianusing the proper equipment andquality replacement parts. Poorlyperformed collision repairs diminishthe vehicle resale value, and safetyperformance can be compromised insubsequent collisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as the partswith which the vehicle was originallybuilt. Genuine GM Collision parts arethe best choice to ensure that thevehicle's designed appearance,durability, and safety are preserved.

The use of Genuine GM parts can helpmaintain the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses in priorcrashes. In most cases, the parts beingrecycled are from undamaged sectionsof the vehicle. A recycled originalequipment GM part may be anacceptable choice to maintain thevehicle's originally designedappearance and safety performance;however, the history of these parts isnot known. Such parts are not coveredby the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty, and any related failures arenot covered by that warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fit poorly,exhibit premature durability/corrosionproblems, and may not performproperly in subsequent collisions.Aftermarket parts are not covered bythe GM New Vehicle Limited



Warranty, and any vehicle failurerelated to such parts is not covered bythat warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that you choosea collision repair facility that meetsyour needs before you ever needcollision repairs. Your dealer may havea collision repair center withGM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or be ableto recommend a collision repair centerthat has GM-trained technicians andcomparable equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. There aresignificant differences in the quality ofcoverage afforded by variousinsurance policy terms. Manyinsurance policies provide reducedprotection to the GM vehicle bylimiting compensation for damagerepairs by using aftermarket collisionparts. Some insurance companies willnot specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, we

recommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your current insurancecarrier, consider switching to anotherinsurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts or GenuineManufacturer replacement parts. Readthe lease carefully, as you may becharged at the end of the lease forpoor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of. Movethe vehicle only if its position putsyou in danger, or you are instructed tomove it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involved inthe crash.

For emergency towing see RoadsideService 0 329.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of the damageto the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facility thatuses quality replacement parts. See“Collision Parts” earlier in this section.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an Airbag Inflates?0 63.



Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommends thatyou take an active role in its repair.If you have a pre-determined repairfacility of choice, take the vehiclethere, or have it towed there. Specifyto the facility that any requiredreplacement collision parts be originalequipment parts, either new GenuineGM parts or recycled original GMparts. Remember, recycled parts willnot be covered by the GM vehiclewarranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits, yourinsurance company may initially valuethe repair using aftermarket parts.Discuss this with the repairprofessional, and insist on GenuineGM parts. Remember, if the vehicle isleased, you may be obligated to havethe vehicle repaired with Genuine GMparts, even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurance companyis paying for the repairs, you are notobligated to accept a repair valuationbased on that insurance company'scollision policy repair limits, as youhave no contractual limits with thatcompany. In such cases, you can havecontrol of the repair and parts choicesas long as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on the engine,transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,electrical system, steering system,body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. Theowner’s manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase include owner’smanuals, warranty manuals,infotainment manuals, and portfolios.Portfolios include an owner’s manual,warranty manual, infotainmentmanual, if applicable, and zip lock bagor pouch.

Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm,Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.



Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems that operateon a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15/Part 18 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Innovation, Scienceand Economic Development (ISED)Canada's RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and

remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or GeneralMotors.

To contact NHTSA, you maycall the Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.



Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call Transport Canadaat 1-800-333-0510; go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-458-8006,or write:

Cadillac Customer Assistance CenterCadillac Motor Car DivisionP.O. Box 33169Detroit, MI 48232-5169

In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000,or write:

Canadian Cadillac Customer CareCentre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005General Motors of Canada Company1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0805 or01-800-212-234-5522.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-555-901-2369.

Vehicle Data Recordingand PrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven or used. For example,the vehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, to monitorthe conditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may store datato help the dealer technician servicethe vehicle or to help GM improvesafety or features. Some modules mayalso store data about how the vehicleis operated, such as rate of fuelconsumption or average speed. Thesemodules may retain personalpreferences, such as radio presets, seatpositions, and temperature settings.

CybersecurityGM collects information about the useof your vehicle including operationaland safety related information. We



collect this information to provide,evaluate, improve, and troubleshootour products and services and todevelop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronicssystems and customer data fromunauthorized outside electronic accessor control is important to GM. GMmaintains appropriate securitystandards, practices, guidelines andcontrols aimed at defending thevehicle and the vehicle serviceecosystem against unauthorizedelectronic access, detecting possiblemalicious activity in related networks,and responding to suspectedcybersecurity incidents in a timely,coordinated and effective manner.Security incidents could impact yoursafety or compromise your privatedata. To minimize security risks,please do not connect your vehicleelectronic systems to unauthorizeddevices or connect your vehicle to anyunknown or untrusted networks (suchas Bluetooth, WIFI or similartechnology). In the event you suspectany security incident impacting your

data or the safe operation of yourvehicle, please stop operating yourvehicle and contact your dealer.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with an eventdata recorder (EDR). The mainpurpose of an EDR is to record, incertain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle,data that will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. The EDRin this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by theEDR under normal driving conditionsand no personal data (e.g., name,gender, age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, suchas law enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the informationif they have access to the vehicle orthe EDR.

GM will not access these data or shareit with others except: with the consentof the vehicle owner or, if the vehicleis leased, with the consent of thelessee; in response to an official



request by police or similargovernment office; as part of GM'sdefense of litigation through thediscovery process; or, as required bylaw. Data that GM collects or receivesmay also be used for GM researchneeds or may be made available toothers for research purposes, where aneed is shown and the data is not tiedto a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped with OnStarand has an active service plan,additional data may be collected andtransmitted through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features,including infotainment; and thelocation and approximate GPS speedof the vehicle. Refer to the OnStarTerms and Conditions and PrivacyStatement on the OnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information0 341.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


ONSTAR 339

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle system thatcan connect to an OnStar Advisor forEmergency, Security, Navigation,Connections, and Diagnostics Services.OnStar services may require a paidservice plan and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service, andGPS satellite signals to be availableand operating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency service providers.OnStar may collect information aboutyou and your vehicle, includinglocation information. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is nextto the OnStar buttons. If the statuslight is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Q twiceto speak with an OnStar Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.


340 ONSTAR

Or

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

Press Q to connect to an Advisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check of thevehicle's key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Service.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan or respondto an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severe weatheror other crisis situations and findevacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require an activesafety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisor whois immediately connected in to thevehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, and relayimportant information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Service, Advisors canlocate a nearby service provider tohelp with a flat tire, a battery jump,or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can block theengine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can work withlaw enforcement to gradually slowthe vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover the vehicle.


ONSTAR 341

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Qto set up an account.

. After change in ownership and at90 days.

Transferring Service

Press Q to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)immediately to terminate your OnStaror connected services if the vehicle isdisposed of, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

Press Q and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStar orconnected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, and Roadside Service areavailable on most vehicles. Not allOnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full description ofOnStar services, system limitations,and OnStar User Terms, PrivacyStatement, and Software Terms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.

OnStar or connected services cannotwork unless the vehicle is in a placewhere OnStar has an agreement witha wireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStar orconnected services. Service involvinglocation information about the vehiclecannot work unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStar hardware.OnStar or connected services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar or connectedservices may not work. Otherproblems beyond the control ofOnStar — such as hills, tall buildings,tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of the vehicle,damage to the vehicle in a crash,or wireless phone network congestionor jamming — may prevent service.



342 ONSTAR

Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to help withphysical disabilities and medicalconditions.

Press Q to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., thatmeets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability to communicateto deaf, hard-of-hearing,or speech-impaired customers while inthe vehicle. The availabledealer-installed TTY system canprovide in-vehicle access to all OnStarservices, except Virtual Advisor andOnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can be turnedon or off by touching Settings, thenApps, and then Phone. When TTY

mode is on, phone calls can be madeor received with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will need tobe changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. To changethe OnStar PIN, contact an OnStarAdvisor by pressing Q or calling1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may be warrantedas part of the vehicle warranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages. PressQ and ask for an Advisor. Advisorsare available in English, Spanish, andFrench. Available languages may varyby country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform Remote DoorUnlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistanceafter the vehicle has been offcontinuously for 10 days without anignition cycle. If the vehicle has notbeen started for 10 days, OnStar cancontact Roadside Service or alocksmith to help gain access to thevehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can occur

in a large city with tall buildings;in parking garages; aroundairports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signals arenot available, the OnStar systemshould still operate to call OnStar.However, OnStar could havedifficulty identifying the exactlocation.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.


ONSTAR 343

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals to thevehicle. Do not place items over ornear the antenna to prevent blockingcellular and GPS signal reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverage orthe cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message maycome on. Press Q to try the call againor try again after driving a few milesinto another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service, andGPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features to

function properly. These systems maynot operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integrated intothe electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 237. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations orpre-set radio stations. Neither OnStarnor GM is responsible for any affectedor erased data or settings. Theseupdates or changes may also collect

personal information. Such collectionis described in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. These updatesor changes may also cause a system toautomatically communicate with GMservers to collect information aboutvehicle system status, identifywhether updates or changes areavailable, or deliver updates orchanges. An active OnStar agreementconstitutes consent to these softwareupdates or changes and agreementthat either OnStar or GM mayremotely deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) orpress Q to speak with an Advisor.Users of wireless communications arecautioned that the privacy of anyinformation sent via wireless cellularcommunications cannot be assured.


344 ONSTAR

Third parties may unlawfully interceptor access transmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for otherthird party software please seehttp://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify, anddistribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is herebygranted, provided that the abovecopyright notice and this permissionnotice appear in all copies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “ASIS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANYKIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOTHE WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDNONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRDPARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALLTHE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHTHOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANYCLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHERLIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTIONOF CONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUTOF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THESOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHERDEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice, thename of a copyright holder shall notbe used in advertising or otherwise topromote the sale, use or otherdealings in this Software without priorwritten authorization of the copyrightholder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this document

should be available atftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyright andlicense, “Info-ZIP” is defined as thefollowing set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth,Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, RobertHeath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz,David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onnovan der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko,Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, KeithOwens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind, expressor implied. In no event shall Info-ZIPor its contributors be held liable forany direct, indirect, incidental, special


ONSTAR 345

or consequential damages arising outof the use of or inability to use thissoftware.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer, andthis list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as the

normal SFX banner has not beenremoved from the binary ordisabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existing portswith new graphical interfaces,and dynamic, shared, or staticlibrary versions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not bemisrepresented as being theoriginal source. Such alteredversions also must not bemisrepresented as being Info-ZIPreleases–including, but notlimited to, labeling of the alteredversions with the names“Info-ZIP” (or any variationthereof, including, but notlimited to, differentcapitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without theexplicit permission of Info-ZIP.Such altered versions are furtherprohibited frommisrepresentative use of theZip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,” and“MacZip” for its own source andbinary releases.


346 CONNECTED SERVICES

Connected Services

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specific OnStaror connected service plan.

Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press Q to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice Commands During aPlanned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For some vehicles,press= to open the OnStar app onthe infotainment display. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want to canceldirections?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK,request completed, thank you,goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” System respondswith the last direction given,then responds with “OnStarready,” then a tone.


CONNECTED SERVICES 347

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.” Systemresponds with the address anddistance to the destination, thenresponds with “OnStar ready,”then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to the vehicle’snavigation screen, if equipped.

Press Q, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent to thenavigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwords forthe Wi-Fi hotspot and myCadillacmobile app. Make these passwordsdifferent from each other and usea combination of letters andnumbers to increase the security.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier). Thisis your network’s name that isvisible to other wireless devices.Choose a unique name and avoidfamily names or vehicledescriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fihotspot that provides access to theInternet and web content at 4G LTEspeed. Up to seven mobile devices canbe connected. A data plan is required.Use the in-vehicle controls only whenit is safe to do so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press = to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectWi-Fi Hotspot. On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings onthe screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on some vehicles,the connection type (no Internetconnection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), andsignal quality (poor, good,excellent).

3. To change the SSID or password,press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTARto connect with an Advisor. Onsome vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed in theWi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobile devices.Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fion or off on your mobile device, byusing the myCadillac mobile app,or by contacting an OnStar Advisor.


348 CONNECTED SERVICES

On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyCadillac Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myCadillac mobile appto compatible Apple and Androidsmartphones. Cadillac users canaccess the following services from asmartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request Roadside Service.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Cadillac on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyCadillac mobile app informationand compatibility, see my.cadillac.com.

An active OnStar or connected serviceplan may be required. A compatibledevice, factory-installed remote start,and power locks are required. Datarates apply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlockthe doors or sound the horn and flashthe lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers on yourroute, help locate hotels, or book aroom. These services vary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com for detailsand system limitations. Features aresubject to change. For updates onfeature capabilities, seemy.cadillac.com. Message and datarates may apply.


INDEX 349

Index AAccessories and Modifications . . . . . 240Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . . . . . 172Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . 237Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 250Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . .63Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . .65What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . .63What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . .60

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . 106Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Rear Pedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . 220

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180, 260Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . 180Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . 214Assistance Systems for Parkingand Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Auto StopStop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31


350 INDEX

Automatic (cont'd)Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . 217Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Vehicle Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) . . . . 183

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Battery - North America . . . . . .259, 293Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . 261BrakeElectric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Braking (cont'd)Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . 217

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Bulb ReplacementHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96CaliforniaPerchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .239, 259, 293,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . 322Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . .2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106CheckEngine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . . . . .72Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84, 86Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . 332CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . . . . 191Composite Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163


INDEX 351

Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29CoolantEngine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . 104Engine Temperature WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . 195Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 327

Customer InformationPublications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . 332Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . .2Data CollectionInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . 134Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . 193Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . 324

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 260

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . 204Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . . . . 113DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 157If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Track Events and Competitive . . . 153Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


352 INDEX

EElectric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 109Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . 237Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 265Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 267Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Check Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . 243Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . 104Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Engine (cont'd)Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . 173Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . 134Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . 139

FFilter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . 135Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . 249Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . 149Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 114Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 227Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . 265Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . 267Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270


INDEX 353

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262GaugesEngine Coolant Temperature . . . . 104Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Warning Lights and Indicators . . . .99

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . . . . 307Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

HHazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . 135Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Headlamps (cont'd)Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . 134Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . 157Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . 51HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

InformationPublication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . .5Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 32Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

JJump Starting - North America . . . . 293

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275LampsCornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 134Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


354 INDEX

Lamps (cont'd)Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . 134Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Malfunction Indicator (CheckEngine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 220Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . .84

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Automatic Vehicle Hold . . . . . . . . . . 110

Lights (cont'd)Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . 109Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Check Engine (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . 134Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Service Electric Parking Brake . . . 109StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . 193LockSteering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 114Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . 78

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . 107Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Massage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


INDEX 355

MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . .32Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . 32Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . 281

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . 248Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 70Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338OnStar Additional Information . . . . 341OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256OverviewInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

PParkShifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205ParkingBrake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . 65Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 111Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . . . . 240

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . 169Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . 57PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . 336

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . 331

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227


356 INDEX

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239, 259, 293,

Back CoverPublication OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . 335Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Rear Pedestrian Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . 205Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43RecommendedFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 227

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

RecorderVideo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . 297Reimbursement Program, GMMobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Replacing LATCH System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 336General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . 324Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 336General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . 331Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57How to Wear Seat BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . .46Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . .42Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44


INDEX 357

Seats (cont'd)Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . .41Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . 84, 86SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . 240Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . 331

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . 220Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . 136Special Application Services . . . . . . . 314Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . 322Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

SystemForward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . 214Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 338

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . 327Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 43Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 280Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 282Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . 281Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273


358 INDEX

Tires (cont'd)Self-Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Terminology and Definitions . . . . 277Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . 289Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 231Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

TractionControl System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . 112

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . . 193Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . 136

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . 289Universal Remote System . . . . . . . . . . 128Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Automatic Hold Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . 321Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

Vehicle (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Vehicle HoldAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Vehicle Hold (AVH)Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Vehicle SecuritySteering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Video Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257


INDEX 359

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . . . . 290Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . 286Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . 76Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 261Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

84863110 A

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CAD_CT5_COV_en_US_84863110A_2019SEP27.ai 1 9/27/2019 11:18:21 AM20_CAD_CT5_COV_en_US_84863110A_2019SEP27.ai 1 9/27/2019 11:18:21 AM

2020 Cadillac CT5 Owners Manual...USA Using this Manual To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what

Documents